BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//A-Chalet - ECPv6.17.3.1//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-WR-CALNAME:A-Chalet
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://achalet.com
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for A-Chalet
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Los_Angeles
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20250309T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20251102T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20260308T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20261101T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20270314T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20271107T090000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261020T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261020T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:14097-1792501200-1792512000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:High Alti-Tuesdays - Live Music and Specials
DESCRIPTION:High Alti-Tuesdays 2026: Dates\, Live Music\, Barrel 33 Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is a recurring Tuesday live-music event at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The recurring program features Brad from SilverMoon playing laid-back music and crowd favorites while guests enjoy Barrel 33’s food\, wine\, beer\, cider\, and Tuesday specials. \nBarrel 33’s current official website promotes High Alti-Tuesday live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Visit Big Bear also lists the recurring event from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM and currently shows Tuesday dates extending through the fall and winter season. \nThere is one schedule detail worth checking before you go: Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music calendar lists Brad at 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on several September Tuesdays\, while the dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays page and Barrel 33’s own recurring-event information use 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. If hearing the entire set matters to you\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before heading over. \nThe dedicated event listing also promotes a $20 pretzel and draft beer special. Because restaurant promotions can change\, confirm the special when ordering. \nFor travelers spending a few weekdays in the mountains\, High Alti-Tuesdays can be an easy addition to a Big Bear getaway. Stay in an A Chalet cabin\, spend the morning outdoors or exploring The Village\, catch the afternoon music at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin for a relaxed evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays – Live Music and Specials\n\n\nDay\nEvery Tuesday on currently scheduled event dates\n\n\nPublished recurring time\n1:00 PM-4:00 PM\n\n\nPerformer\nBrad from SilverMoon\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent Tuesday special\n$20 pretzel + draft beer special\, as promoted on the dedicated event listing\n\n\nVenue type\nWine\, beer\, cider\, food\, retail\, and live-music venue\n\n\nAdmission\nNo separate live-music admission charge is currently published\n\n\nParking\nUse available parking in and around The Village and follow current posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear High Alti-Tuesdays\n\n\n\nWhat Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is Barrel 33’s recurring Tuesday afternoon live-music event in The Village at Big Bear Lake. \nThe concept is intentionally relaxed. Instead of a ticketed evening concert\, visitors can stop into Barrel 33 during the afternoon\, listen to live music\, order food or drinks\, and spend a few hours unwinding in the center of The Village. \nBrad from SilverMoon is the featured performer associated with the recurring Tuesday program. The event description characterizes the music as laid-back tunes and familiar\, good-time favorites\, fitting Barrel 33’s casual mountain atmosphere. \nThat makes High Alti-Tuesdays useful for visitors looking for something to do between daytime recreation and dinner. It can work as an après-ski stop in winter\, an afternoon break after hiking or shopping in warmer weather\, or simply the main activity on a slower midweek day. \nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place on Tuesdays\, with Barrel 33’s current website advertising the recurring live-music program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated event page currently lists the series across the 2026-27 season\, with upcoming dates including: \n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nOctober 6\, 2026\nOctober 13\, 2026\nOctober 20\, 2026\nOctober 27\, 2026\nNovember 3\, 2026\nNovember 10\, 2026\nNovember 17\, 2026\nNovember 24\, 2026\n\nThe recurring calendar continues beyond November\, so travelers visiting later in the winter should check the current event page rather than assuming the series has ended. \nThe structured export supplied for this event shifts the start date by a day\, but Tuesdays are the operative event days. For example\, September 15\, 2026 is a Tuesday. \nWhat Time Does the Live Music Start?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays information says 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Barrel 33’s own current homepage also promotes “High alti-Tuesday” live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music schedule lists Brad from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on September 15\, September 22\, and September 29\, as well as October 6. \nThat means travelers should distinguish between the broader High Alti-Tuesday event window and the performer time published on the date-specific music calendar. \nIf you are simply stopping in for food\, drinks\, and atmosphere\, arriving during the broader afternoon window is reasonable. If Brad’s live set is the primary reason for your visit\, call 909-878-0838 to confirm the performance time for your specific Tuesday. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe main draw is live music paired with Barrel 33’s regular food and beverage experience. \nVisitors can expect: \n\nLive Tuesday music featuring Brad from SilverMoon\nWine\, beer\, and cider options\nFood and shareable plates\nTuesday menu promotions\nThe currently promoted $20 pretzel and draft beer special\nA casual afternoon atmosphere in The Village\n\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, and eatery destination with rotating wine and draft selections\, food designed for sharing\, and recurring live music and community events. \nThe exact songs\, menu specials\, draft selection\, and food availability can change. Treat the event as a recurring experience rather than a fixed concert program with an identical set list and menu every week. \nWho Is Brad from SilverMoon?\nThe High Alti-Tuesdays listings identify the recurring performer as Brad from SilverMoon. \nCurrent event descriptions emphasize laid-back songs and crowd-friendly favorites rather than publishing a specific genre or set list. \nBrad also appears repeatedly on Barrel 33’s broader live-music calendar\, making him a regular part of the venue’s entertainment schedule. \nNo detailed official artist biography is currently published alongside the recurring event\, so visitors should avoid assuming a particular lineup\, genre mix\, or SilverMoon band configuration beyond the information Barrel 33 provides for the individual date. \nWhat Is the $20 Pretzel and Draft Beer Special?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays event listing promotes a $20 Pretzel + Draft Beer Special. \nIt is one of the food-and-beverage offers designed to accompany the Tuesday live-music program. \nBecause restaurant menus\, beer selections\, serving sizes\, and promotions can change\, confirm the current offer with Barrel 33 when you order. The published promotion should not be interpreted as guaranteeing every draft beer or every menu variation at that price. \nVisitors who do not drink alcohol can still attend the live-music event and order from the venue’s other available food and beverage choices. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate ticket price or live-music cover charge is currently published for the recurring High Alti-Tuesdays program. \nGuests should plan to pay for whatever food and beverages they order. \nThis is different from a ticketed concert where admission buys access to a dedicated performance space. High Alti-Tuesdays operates as live entertainment within Barrel 33’s normal restaurant and beverage-service environment. \nIf a particular Tuesday becomes a special event or carries different conditions\, follow the current Barrel 33 event information for that date. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nThe venue is located in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable commercial district with restaurants\, shops\, entertainment\, and visitor services. \nThat location makes the event easy to combine with an afternoon of browsing The Village rather than driving from attraction to attraction. \nBarrel 33’s current published hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 AM to 10:00 PM Friday and Saturday\, so Tuesday’s live-music period falls comfortably within normal operating hours. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe Village has public parking options\, and visitors should follow current signs\, posted time restrictions\, and any event-day directions. \nBecause Barrel 33 sits in a walkable commercial area\, you may not need to park immediately outside the venue. Parking once and exploring The Village on foot can be more convenient than moving your vehicle between nearby stops. \nAllow extra time during busy weekends\, holiday periods\, or winter recreation days when The Village may attract more visitors. \nNever use a private business lot unless signage indicates that parking is available for your visit. \nIs Barrel 33 Family-Friendly?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ says the Big Bear location is family-friendly\, particularly earlier in the day. \nThat is relevant to High Alti-Tuesdays because the live music occurs during the afternoon rather than late at night. \nBarrel 33’s focus includes wine and craft beverages\, but the venue describes itself as a relaxed community space where families are welcome. \nAlcoholic drinks\, of course\, are limited to guests who meet legal age requirements. Families should also consider whether an afternoon restaurant and live-music environment suits their individual children. \nIs Barrel 33 Pet-Friendly?\nVisit Big Bear currently identifies Barrel 33 as a pet-friendly business and lists patio/outdoor seating among its amenities. \nIf you plan to bring a dog\, contact Barrel 33 before your visit to confirm where pets may sit and whether weather conditions affect patio availability. \nKeep dogs leashed and under control\, and remember that live music\, crowds\, food service\, and other dogs can make a restaurant environment stimulating for some pets. \nIf your dog is uncomfortable around music or busy dining spaces\, relaxing at a pet-friendly cabin may be a better option. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a casual restaurant event\, so you do not need specialized gear. A few practical items can still help: \n\nA light layer or jacket for changing mountain temperatures\nValid identification if ordering alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nSunglasses or sun protection if sitting outside\nComfortable shoes if exploring The Village before or after\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog to an approved pet-friendly area\n\nIf you are coming directly from hiking\, skiing\, or another outdoor activity\, consider changing into clean\, dry clothing before heading to the restaurant. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of High Alti-Tuesdays\nMonday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor visitors with flexible schedules\, arriving Monday gives you a full Tuesday in the mountains without an early morning drive. \nCheck into your A Chalet cabin\, unpack\, have dinner\, and settle into the slower pace of a weekday stay. \nTuesday Morning: Explore Big Bear\nUse the morning for an activity appropriate to the season. \nIn warmer weather\, that might mean a walk\, a lake-oriented outing\, or time exploring local shops. In winter\, your morning may center on snow recreation or simply enjoying the mountain scenery. \nKeep the schedule flexible enough that you are not racing from a demanding activity to Barrel 33. \nTuesday Afternoon: High Alti-Tuesdays\nHead to The Village before the music window and find appropriate parking. \nSpend the afternoon at Barrel 33 enjoying Brad from SilverMoon\, food\, and whatever Tuesday specials are currently available. \nIf hearing Brad’s full set is important\, confirm the date-specific start time because September’s separate music calendar currently lists a shorter 1:30 PM-3:30 PM performance window within the broader 1:00 PM-4:00 PM High Alti-Tuesday period. \nTuesday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter the music\, take your time returning to your cabin rather than beginning a long drive down the mountain. \nA vacation rental gives you a comfortable place to make dinner\, play games\, watch a movie\, or simply unwind after an afternoon in The Village. \nIf anyone in your group consumes alcohol\, arrange safe transportation and never drive impaired. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Tuesday Big Bear getaway. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slow Morning\nAn extra night lets you enjoy breakfast at the cabin and another piece of Big Bear before checking out. \nThis can be particularly appealing for travelers who normally visit on crowded weekends. A midweek trip offers a different rhythm and makes High Alti-Tuesdays the centerpiece of a short mountain break. \nWhere to Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays 2026\nBecause Barrel 33 is in The Village in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most natural base for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is particularly useful for a midweek music getaway because there is no need to structure the entire trip around restaurants. Have breakfast at the rental\, enjoy Big Bear during the morning\, visit Barrel 33 in the afternoon\, and return to your own shared space for the evening. \nAlways check the live property listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nTips for Booking a High Alti-Tuesdays Cabin Getaway\nConsider Monday and Tuesday nights. That schedule gives you a full Tuesday without driving into or out of the mountains immediately around the event. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake cabin keeps your stay centered near the event. \nConfirm the music time. The recurring event window and date-specific September performance schedule currently differ slightly. \nCheck pet rules carefully. Barrel 33 is listed as pet-friendly\, and some A Chalet cabins accept pets\, but individual rental rules and fees vary. \nPlan transportation if drinking. A cabin stay does not eliminate the need for a safe ride between Barrel 33 and your rental. \nCheck current specials. The $20 pretzel and draft beer promotion is currently advertised\, but food-and-beverage offers can change. \nUse the weekday advantage. Rather than packing Tuesday with activities\, leave enough free time to enjoy the music and The Village at a relaxed pace. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a recurring Tuesday event at Barrel 33. The dedicated event information currently lists the program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM on scheduled Tuesdays. \nWhere Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe event takes place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWho Plays at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe recurring featured musician is Brad from SilverMoon\, with the event promoted around laid-back tunes and familiar favorites. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate admission or cover charge is currently published for the recurring live music. Guests pay for the food and beverages they order. \nWhat Is the Tuesday Special at Barrel 33?\nThe dedicated event listing currently advertises a $20 pretzel and draft beer special\, along with other menu and food-and-beverage deals. Confirm current availability when ordering. \nCan Families Attend High Alti-Tuesdays?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ describes its Big Bear location as family-friendly\, especially earlier in the day. Alcohol is restricted to guests of legal drinking age. \nWhere Should I Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an afternoon at Barrel 33. An overnight stay lets you enjoy the event without building a same-day mountain drive around the live-music schedule. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your High Alti-Tuesday trip. \nPlan Your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is an easygoing way to add live music to a weekday in Big Bear Lake. Head to Barrel 33 in The Village for an afternoon featuring Brad from SilverMoon\, food and drinks\, and the venue’s Tuesday promotions. \nThe recurring program is advertised from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM\, although some date-specific September listings currently show Brad performing from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Confirm the exact set time if the music is the main reason for your visit. \nPairing the event with an overnight cabin stay makes it easy to enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace. Arrive the day before\, explore Tuesday morning\, spend the afternoon at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin instead of immediately driving home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/high-alti-tuesdays-live-music-and-specials-7/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261020T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261020T190000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14235-1792515600-1792522800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 is a recurring food-and-music event at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe current event description separates the week into two experiences: Taco Tuesday runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM on Tuesdays\, while Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM on Sundays and features a live DJ. \nVisit Big Bear’s current calendar confirms the event at the Hilton property and shows recurring Tuesday listings extending through the 2026-27 season. However\, some of the tourism calendar’s recurrence metadata is inconsistent\, so visitors should use the event description for the Tuesday/Sunday format and verify their exact date before heading over. \nParking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. No admission charge\, cover fee\, taco pricing\, age restriction\, or reservation requirement is currently published in the event information\, so those details should be confirmed directly with the venue if they matter to your plans. \nFor travelers building an easy evening into a Big Bear getaway\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable home base before dinner and after the music\, especially if you want more space for a group or prefer preparing the rest of your meals at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear getaway. \nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\n\n\nTaco Tuesday\nTuesdays\, 5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nLatin Night\nSundays\, 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nTuesday experience\nTaco Tuesday evening\n\n\nSunday experience\nLatin Night with a live DJ\n\n\nAdmission\nNo cover charge or ticket requirement is currently published\n\n\nFood pricing\nNot currently published in the event listing\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\n\n\nAge policy\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published\n\n\nVenue phone\nHampton Inn: 909-866-0000; Home2 Suites: 909-866-0005\n\n\nCurrent visitor information\nVisit Big Bear – Hampton Inn Big Bear Lake\n\n\n\nWhat Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night is a recurring social event hosted at the shared Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites property on Big Bear Boulevard. \nRather than being one identical event repeated twice a week\, the listing describes two different experiences. \nTuesdays focus on Taco Tuesday\, giving locals and visitors an early-evening food option from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nSundays shift to Latin Night from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the event description specifically advertising a live DJ and a more music-focused atmosphere. \nThe format makes the event useful for travelers who want something casual to do in the evening without committing to a major festival\, concert\, or ticketed attraction. \nWhen Is Taco Tuesday in Big Bear Lake?\nThe event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current Hampton Inn directory confirms recurring Taco Tuesday & Latin Night calendar entries at the property\, including September 15\, September 22\, September 29\, and October 6\, 2026\, with additional Tuesday dates appearing beyond those. \nThe tourism calendar’s recurrence system occasionally displays unusual start and end ranges\, so visitors should not rely on one broad date span as proof that every Tuesday indefinitely is confirmed. \nIf you are planning around a specific Tuesday\, check the current Visit Big Bear calendar or call the Hilton property before going. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nThe supplied event description lists Latin Night every Sunday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nLatin Night is described as featuring a live DJ\, making it the more music-driven half of the recurring series. \nCurrent indexed Visit Big Bear results are clearer about the recurring Tuesday calendar entries than the individual Sunday listings\, so the Sunday schedule is best treated as the published event format while still being verified for a specific date. \nNo DJ name\, music lineup\, dance instruction\, or special performance schedule is currently published. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at the shared Hilton hotel property at: \nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear currently lists both hotels at this address. \nThe location sits along Big Bear Boulevard between the lake and the Snow Summit area\, making it convenient for travelers who are already spending the day elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Can You Expect on Taco Tuesday?\nThe current description keeps Taco Tuesday simple: come by for a Tuesday evening centered on tacos. \nNo current public listing confirms the taco menu\, price per taco\, drink specials\, service format\, vegetarian options\, or whether food is served from a dedicated restaurant\, bar\, or event station. \nBecause those details can change\, visitors who have dietary restrictions or are planning specifically around a dinner special should call the venue before arriving. \nThe 5:00 PM-7:00 PM window makes Taco Tuesday a useful early dinner stop before returning to a cabin\, visiting The Village\, or settling in for the evening. \nWhat Can You Expect on Latin Night?\nSunday’s Latin Night is advertised from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nThe description promotes a groovy\, social evening but does not currently publish a named DJ\, specific Latin music genres\, dance floor details\, lessons\, or a dress code. \nVisitors should therefore think of Latin Night as a casual DJ-centered hotel event rather than assume it is a formal salsa class\, nightclub event\, or ticketed dance production. \nIf dancing or a particular music style is important to you\, confirm that week’s programming directly with the venue. \nIs Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Free?\nNo ticket price or cover charge is currently listed in the public event information. \nThat does not mean all food and drinks are free. Taco Tuesday is a food event\, and normal charges for food and beverages should be expected unless the venue advertises a specific promotion. \nThe event listing also does not currently publish minimum purchase requirements or reservation requirements. \nFor the most accurate same-week information\, contact the hotel before attending. \nDo You Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is promoted on Visit Big Bear’s public events calendar rather than only as a private hotel amenity\, which indicates it is intended for visitors beyond overnight hotel guests. \nHowever\, the listing does not spell out a formal public-access policy. \nIf you are staying elsewhere in Big Bear and want to attend\, especially with a large group\, calling ahead is a practical way to confirm seating and access. \nIs Latin Night 21 and Over?\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published. \nBecause the gathering takes place at a hotel and may include alcohol service\, normal California alcohol laws will apply to drinks\, but that does not automatically make the entire event 21-and-over. \nFamilies or guests under 21 should check with the venue if age policy is important to their plans. \nParking at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nThe event listing states that parking is available at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton. \nUnlike events in The Village that may require public parking several blocks away\, this one is hosted directly at the hotel property. \nVisitors should follow onsite signs and avoid occupying spaces reserved for hotel guests\, accessible parking\, loading areas\, or other restricted uses. \nIf the event is particularly busy\, hotel staff can provide the best guidance on where non-guests should park. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThis is a casual food-and-entertainment event\, so very little special preparation is required. \n\nPhoto ID if you plan to purchase alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA light jacket or warmer layer for the walk to and from your vehicle\nYour hotel or cabin transportation plan\nAny dietary questions you want to confirm before ordering\n\nBig Bear evenings can cool down quickly even when the daytime weather is mild\, so keeping an extra layer in the car is useful. \nCan You Combine the Event With Other Big Bear Activities?\nYes. The relatively short evening windows make both versions of the event easy to build into a larger itinerary. \nOn Tuesday\, you can spend the day hiking\, sightseeing\, shopping\, or enjoying the lake\, then stop for Taco Tuesday between 5:00 PM and 7:00 PM. \nOn Sunday\, Latin Night provides an evening option after a full day outdoors. \nThe Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites are also located less than two miles from The Village according to Visit Big Bear’s current hotel information\, so visitors can combine the event with shopping\, dining\, or a Village stroll. \nHow to Make a Big Bear Weekend of Latin Night\nFriday: Check Into Your Cabin\nArrive in Big Bear Lake and settle into an A Chalet cabin for the weekend. \nHaving your own kitchen and living space can make the trip feel less structured than staying around a fixed hotel itinerary\, especially for groups or families. \nSaturday: Spend the Day Exploring Big Bear\nUse Saturday for outdoor recreation\, The Village\, Big Bear Lake\, or another seasonal event. \nReturn to your cabin in the evening and enjoy a relaxed night before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Day\nPlan a late breakfast\, afternoon sightseeing\, or a walk before getting ready for Latin Night. \nBecause the event begins at 6:00 PM\, there is plenty of time to enjoy the day first. \nSunday Evening: Head to Latin Night\nArrive at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites for the 6:00 PM-9:00 PM event and enjoy the live DJ atmosphere. \nIf you’re attending specifically for dancing\, confirm the current week’s programming before leaving your cabin. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear weekend. \nHow to Build Taco Tuesday Into a Midweek Getaway\nTaco Tuesday also works well as part of a quieter midweek Big Bear trip. \nArrive Monday or Tuesday\, spend the afternoon exploring\, and head to the Hilton property for the 5:00 PM-7:00 PM Taco Tuesday window. \nAfter dinner\, return to the cabin or continue your evening elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nMidweek travel can also make it easier to build a flexible itinerary without centering the entire trip around one event. \nWhere to Stay for Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for this recurring event because the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites venue is located directly in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor larger groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nStaying in a cabin can be particularly useful for a casual recurring event like this because you can make the evening only one part of your trip. Cook breakfast at the cabin\, spend the day exploring\, head out for tacos or the DJ\, then return to your own mountain home base afterward. \nAlways review the current property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins in Big Bear Lake. \nTips for Booking a Taco Tuesday or Latin Night Getaway\nVerify your specific date. The event is recurring\, but tourism-calendar recurrence fields can contain inconsistencies. \nRemember that Tuesday and Sunday are different experiences. Taco Tuesday is listed from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, while Sunday Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nCall ahead for menu details. Current taco prices and food selections are not publicly listed. \nConfirm age policy if needed. No event-specific age restriction is currently posted. \nStay in Big Bear Lake for convenience. That keeps you close to the event as well as many other popular visitor areas. \nPlan a designated driver if drinking. Do not rely on deciding transportation after the event. \nMake the event part of the trip\, not the entire trip. Its short evening format pairs easily with outdoor recreation\, shopping\, sightseeing\, and relaxing at your cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Taco Tuesday at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nThe current event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Check the current calendar or call the venue to confirm your specific date. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nLatin Night is listed for Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM and features a live DJ. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs There a Cover Charge?\nNo admission or cover charge is currently published. Food and beverages should be expected to cost extra unless a specific promotion says otherwise. \nDo I Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is publicly promoted through Visit Big Bear\, but the listing does not spell out a formal non-guest access policy. Calling ahead is recommended for larger groups or if seating is important. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. \nWhere Should I Stay for Taco Tuesday or Latin Night?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives visitors a convenient base for the event while providing more room to relax\, prepare meals\, and enjoy the rest of a mountain getaway. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your travel dates. \nPlan Your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 offers two easy ways to add a casual evening activity to a Big Bear Lake trip: tacos on Tuesdays from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and a live-DJ Latin Night on Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton at 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, with parking available onsite. Because menu pricing\, cover charges\, age policies\, and individual DJ details are not currently published\, verify those details directly with the venue when they matter to your plans. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace: spend the day outdoors\, stop for tacos or Sunday music\, and return to a comfortable cabin instead of treating the event as a quick turnaround trip. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/taco-tuesday-latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-28/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261021T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261021T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14236-1792540800-1792540800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-49/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261021T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261021T193000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14237-1792605600-1792611000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina
DESCRIPTION:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is a recurring Wednesday evening yoga class in Big Bear City designed to help participants connect body and mind through meditative breathing and yoga. Classes run from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314. The class welcomes all experience levels and participants ages 16 and older\, and supplies are listed as available. The current Visit Big Bear listing confirms the Wednesday schedule\, location\, age requirement\, and parking information.  \nThis is a convenient wellness activity for Big Bear residents as well as visitors looking for a slower-paced addition to a mountain trip. Since the class finishes at 7:30 PM\, travelers coming from outside the mountains may find an overnight stay more comfortable than immediately beginning the drive home. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear City\, Big Bear Lake\, and other mountain communities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear yoga getaway. \nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\n\n\nSchedule\nWednesdays\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-7:30 PM\n\n\nLocation\nRanch Clubhouse\n\n\nAddress\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314\n\n\nExperience level\nAll levels welcome\n\n\nAge requirement\nAges 16+\n\n\nSupplies\nSupplies are listed as available\n\n\nAdmission\nNo current price is stated in the published event information\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Ranch Clubhouse\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arrive with enough time to park and prepare before the 6:00 PM start\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear event calendar\n\n\n\nThe current event listing identifies this as a recurring Wednesday class and lists the session from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. It does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming the class is free or that walk-ins are guaranteed.  \nWhat Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina is an evening wellness class centered on yoga and meditative breathing. The event description invites participants to explore the connection between body and mind\, making it a natural fit for visitors who want to balance Big Bear’s more active outdoor experiences with a quieter wellness activity. \nOne of the most useful details for newcomers is that all levels are welcome. You do not need to be an advanced yoga practitioner to consider attending. The published information also sets the minimum age at 16 and states that supplies are available.  \nHatha yoga is generally associated with physical postures and controlled breathing practiced at a deliberate pace. For this particular event\, however\, visitors should rely on Instructor Paulina’s class guidance rather than assuming a specific sequence\, difficulty level\, or teaching format that has not been published. \nThe 90-minute evening schedule can work especially well for couples\, solo travelers\, wellness-focused visitors\, and older teens traveling with family. It can also provide a calmer activity after hiking\, sightseeing\, skiing\, mountain biking\, or spending the day exploring Big Bear. \nWhen and Where Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is scheduled on Wednesdays from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar shows the recurring event continuing across multiple Wednesday dates.  \nThe class takes place at: \nRanch Clubhouse\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\nBig Bear City\, CA 92314 \nIndependent venue information also identifies 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd. as the Big Bear Sports Ranch Clubhouse location\, supporting the published event address.  \nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse. There is no published requirement to arrive a specific number of minutes early\, so visitors should simply allow enough time to park\, enter the venue\, and get situated before the 6:00 PM start.  \nBecause this is a recurring event\, verify that your intended Wednesday session is still scheduled before making a special trip. Event calendars can change\, particularly over a long recurring season. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe published description focuses on two complementary elements: meditative breathing and yoga. The goal is to explore the connection between body and mind rather than presenting the class as a competitive fitness event. \nThe most important confirmed details for first-time participants are: \n\nAll experience levels are welcome.\nParticipants must be age 16 or older.\nSupplies are listed as available.\nThe session lasts 90 minutes.\nThe class takes place indoors at the Ranch Clubhouse.\n\nThe event information does not publish a detailed pose sequence\, class intensity\, instructor biography\, maximum attendance\, or specific list of provided equipment. Those details should not be assumed. \nIf you have an injury\, mobility concern\, or question about whether the session is appropriate for you\, contact the event organizer or venue before participating and follow your own healthcare professional’s guidance where applicable. \nAdmission\, Parking\, and Transportation\nHow Much Does Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina Cost?\nThe current event information does not publish an admission price. It also does not specify a ticketing or reservation requirement. Because those details are not confirmed\, visitors should not assume the class is free. \nCheck the current Visit Big Bear event information before your chosen Wednesday and follow any updated registration instructions that may be added. \nWhere Do You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse.  \nThe venue is in Big Bear City rather than central Big Bear Lake. If you are staying elsewhere in the valley\, check your route before leaving so you arrive before the 6:00 PM class. \nWhat Should Visitors Know About Mountain Driving?\nSince the class is held in the evening\, participants traveling from outside Big Bear should account for mountain road and weather conditions. Conditions can vary considerably across a recurring calendar that spans different seasons. \nCheck the forecast and current road conditions before traveling. In colder months\, allow additional time and make sure you understand any applicable mountain driving or chain requirements before starting your trip. \nWhat Should You Bring to Hatha Yoga?\nThe event listing states that supplies are available\, which is helpful for visitors who do not want to pack yoga equipment for a mountain trip. However\, it does not specify exactly which supplies are provided.  \nA practical personal packing list includes: \n\nComfortable clothing that allows easy movement\nA reusable water bottle\nA light layer for before and after class\nYour own yoga mat if you prefer using familiar equipment\nA small towel if useful for your practice\nAny personal items you normally use for yoga\n\nSince the class begins at 6:00 PM and ends at 7:30 PM\, temperatures may be noticeably cooler when you leave the venue\, particularly later in the year. Keeping an extra layer in your vehicle can make the transition from the warm indoor class to mountain evening conditions more comfortable. \nWho Is This Big Bear Yoga Class Best For?\nThe event is explicitly open to all skill levels\, so it can suit both experienced practitioners and people who are relatively new to yoga.  \nFor couples\, the class can provide a low-key evening activity before returning to a cabin for dinner or relaxation. Solo travelers may appreciate having a structured wellness activity during their visit\, while families traveling with teenagers can consider the class for family members age 16 and older. \nThe class can also fit naturally into an active Big Bear itinerary. A visitor might hike or explore the lake earlier in the day\, return to the cabin to change\, and then attend the evening session rather than scheduling another strenuous outdoor activity. \nBecause no universal accessibility details are currently published for the yoga class itself\, anyone needing specific accommodations should confirm them before attending. \nHow to Make a Wellness Getaway of Your Big Bear Yoga Class\nArrival Day: Settle Into the Mountains\nIf you’re coming from outside Big Bear\, consider arriving earlier on Wednesday or the previous evening. Check into your cabin\, unpack\, and leave enough unscheduled time that you do not have to rush directly from mountain traffic into a yoga session. \nKeep the afternoon simple. A relaxed walk\, a quiet meal\, or time at the cabin can complement the wellness focus of the evening. \nWednesday Evening: Attend Hatha Yoga\nHave an early meal or light snack based on your usual pre-yoga routine\, change into comfortable clothing\, and head to the Ranch Clubhouse with enough time to park and settle in before 6:00 PM. \nThe class finishes at 7:30 PM. Instead of immediately beginning a long drive after an evening session\, an overnight cabin lets you return to your accommodations\, have dinner\, and continue the slower pace of the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Wednesday Big Bear wellness stay. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nA Thursday morning leaves room for another low-key mountain experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, consider a walk\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or a leisurely breakfast before checking out. \nIf you prefer a more active trip\, you can use the morning for an appropriate trail or another seasonal Big Bear activity. Always check current operating conditions and trail information before heading out. \nWhere to Stay for Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\nBecause the class takes place in Big Bear City\, visitors should prioritize accommodations in Big Bear City or another nearby Big Bear community rather than Lake Arrowhead. A Chalet currently lists Big Bear City and Big Bear Lake among its primary destinations.  \nA Chalet’s current cabin collection includes smaller properties as well as multi-bedroom cabins for families and groups. The live collection currently includes one-bedroom\, two- to three-bedroom\, and larger cabin categories.  \nFor a solo wellness traveler or couple\, a smaller cabin can keep the stay simple and comfortable. Families or friends attending together may prefer a property with multiple sleeping areas and more shared space. \nFor example\, Stargazer is currently included in A Chalet’s two- to three-bedroom collection and is listed with six beds and two bathrooms. Pendleton Pines is currently listed with eight beds and two bathrooms\, providing another option for a larger traveling party.  \nVisitors wanting a larger group property can also compare A Chalet’s four- to six-bedroom category. Since inventory and listing details change\, review the current property page for guest capacity\, amenities\, location\, parking\, and house rules before booking.  \nFor a yoga-centered stay\, features such as a kitchen can be particularly useful if you want to prepare a light meal before class or breakfast the following morning. Only rely on an amenity after confirming that it appears on the current listing for your selected property. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Big Bear yoga dates. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Wednesday Yoga Class\nConfirm the class date first. This is a recurring event\, so verify that the Wednesday you plan to attend remains on the current schedule. \nChoose lodging in the Big Bear area. The class is in Big Bear City. Staying in Big Bear City or nearby Big Bear communities is more practical than adding a trip to or from Lake Arrowhead. \nThink about the 7:30 PM finish. If you are traveling a significant distance\, staying Wednesday night can make the evening more relaxed. \nMatch the cabin to your party. A couple may prefer a smaller property\, while friends or family traveling together can compare A Chalet’s multi-bedroom cabins. \nReview the live listing. Property amenities\, occupancy limits\, parking\, pet policies\, and house rules vary and can change. \nConsider arriving early enough to enjoy the destination. Rather than treating yoga as a quick evening stop\, arriving earlier can give you time to settle into the mountain environment before class. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nThe class is listed for Wednesdays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. Because it is recurring\, check the current event calendar before traveling to confirm your chosen date.  \nWhere is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina held?\nThe class takes place at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314.  \nDo I need a ticket or reservation?\nThe currently published event information does not state a ticket price or clearly specify an advance reservation requirement. Check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming walk-in participation. \nIs the class suitable for beginners?\nYes. The event listing specifically states that all levels are welcome.  \nCan children attend the yoga class?\nThe published minimum age is 16+. Travelers with younger children should plan another activity for them rather than assuming they can participate.  \nDo I need to bring a yoga mat?\nThe event information says that supplies are available but does not specify exactly what equipment is supplied. You may want to bring your own mat if you prefer familiar equipment\, or verify what is provided before attending.  \nWhere should I stay for Hatha Yoga in Big Bear City?\nBig Bear City and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical areas for this class. A Chalet offers cabin options ranging from smaller stays to larger multi-bedroom properties. Browse current A Chalet cabin availability for your yoga getaway. \nPlan Your Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 gives Big Bear visitors a chance to add a slower\, wellness-focused experience to a mountain trip. The Wednesday class runs from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse in Big Bear City\, welcomes all levels\, is open to ages 16 and older\, and lists supplies as available.  \nBefore attending\, confirm that your chosen Wednesday remains on the current schedule and check for any updated admission or registration information. Then plan enough time to reach the Ranch Clubhouse without rushing. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, staying overnight can make an evening class easier to enjoy. Arrive earlier in the day\, settle into your cabin\, attend yoga\, return for a quiet evening\, and enjoy another morning in Big Bear before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and find a Big Bear stay for your 2026 Hatha Yoga trip.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/hatha-yoga-with-instructor-paulina-28/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261022T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261022T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14238-1792627200-1792627200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-48/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14239-1792713600-1792713600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-47/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T130000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215623Z
CREATED:20261016T215623Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215623Z
UID:14098-1792756800-1792760400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-13/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14099-1792767600-1792785600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market
DESCRIPTION:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026: Dates\, Hours\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 is a Friday market at Ski Beach Park featuring produce from local and regional farms\, prepared foods\, hot food vendors\, and artisan products. The market’s own website currently advertises Friday fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM and describes the event as a lakeside gathering of produce\, food\, and artisans from the San Bernardino Mountains and surrounding region. \nFor travelers planning the remainder of the 2026 season\, Visit Big Bear currently lists upcoming Friday markets on September 11\, September 18\, September 25\, October 2\, October 9\, October 16\, and October 23. The venue is Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake.  \nThere is a small inconsistency in the published information: the market’s own site says “Fridays through October 24\,” while October 24\, 2026 falls on a Saturday. Visit Big Bear’s active calendar lists Friday\, October 23 as the final upcoming 2026 market date. The Visit Big Bear page also displays a 4:00-7:00 PM structured time in one place while its event description and the market’s own website state 3:00-8:00 PM. Visitors should verify the hours before making a time-sensitive trip.  \nFor cabin guests\, the market can be a useful first stop on a Big Bear weekend: shop for produce and artisan foods\, pick up something hot for dinner\, and then return to a nearby cabin rather than treating the market as a standalone day trip. A Chalet offers Big Bear-area vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays during the seasonal market run\n\n\nRemaining confirmed calendar dates\nSeptember 11\, 18\, 25; October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026\n\n\nPublished fall hours\n3:00 PM-8:00 PM on the market’s official website; Visit Big Bear also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM header\, so confirm before visiting\n\n\nVenue\nSki Beach Park\n\n\nAddress\nApproximately 41216-41220 Park Ave.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nWhat you’ll find\nProduce\, artisan foods\, hot food vendors\, and local/regional makers\n\n\nParking\nParking is listed as available at Ski Beach Park\n\n\nAdmission\nNo general admission fee is published on the current event information reviewed\n\n\nPhone\n909-547-4574\n\n\nOfficial website\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is a seasonal Friday market held beside the lake at Ski Beach Park. Its focus is a mix of fresh food\, prepared food\, and locally or regionally produced goods rather than a conventional retail fair. \nThe market’s official website describes its vendor mix as including local produce\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. It also states that participating farms are certified by the Department of Agriculture and describes the produce offered through the market as pesticide-free.  \nThe lakeside setting is another distinguishing feature. The market says it works with Bear Valley Parks and Recreation to create a Friday evening experience directly by the lake\, making it easy to combine shopping with the rest of a Big Bear outing.  \nVisitors should expect vendor selections to vary from week to week. The current official pages do not publish a fixed list guaranteeing that a particular farm\, dish\, product\, or artisan will appear on every remaining date. \nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar lists the remaining Friday dates as: \n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nOctober 2\, 2026\nOctober 9\, 2026\nOctober 16\, 2026\nOctober 23\, 2026\n\nVisit Big Bear’s live calendar repeatedly identifies October 23 as the final scheduled Friday occurrence.  \nThe market’s own website currently says “Fridays through October 24”. Because October 24 falls on a Saturday in 2026\, travelers should use Friday\, October 23 as the final calendar-listed date unless the organizer announces a separate October 24 session.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s official website currently advertises fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM. The detailed description on Visit Big Bear also states 3:00 PM-8:00 PM.  \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s structured event header currently shows 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Because these two times appear on the same current event listing\, visitors should verify the operating hours with the organizer before planning around the first or last hour of the market.  \nIf you simply want a practical arrival strategy\, the middle portion of the published window avoids relying on either disputed edge. Arriving during the late afternoon also gives you time to browse before evening plans. \nWhere Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the event at 41216 Park Ave.\, while the market’s official website displays 41220 Park Ave. These addresses refer to the same immediate Ski Beach Park area\, but visitors should navigate to the park rather than relying solely on a street number.  \nThe market’s own contact information lists: \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\nSki Beach Park\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-547-4574 \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at the Farmers Market?\nThe current market information highlights three main categories: farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors. \nFor cabin guests\, that mix can be especially useful. You may find ingredients to take back for a cabin meal\, prepared foods to eat during the market\, or packaged artisan products to enjoy later in the weekend. \nThe official website says participating farms bring produce from the San Bernardino region and beyond\, while artisan food vendors offer products designed to be enjoyed either at the market or at home. Hot food vendors provide additional ready-to-eat options during the Friday market.  \nThe market does not currently publish a guaranteed vendor roster for every Friday\, so avoid planning a trip around one specific product unless you have confirmed that vendor’s attendance directly. \nDoes the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Require Tickets?\nNo general admission ticket or entrance price is published on the current market website or Visit Big Bear event information reviewed for this guide. \nVisitors should still bring an appropriate payment method for purchases from individual vendors. The current official pages do not guarantee that every vendor accepts the same forms of payment\, so having more than one payment option can be useful. \nIf a special activity or future market date introduces separate admission\, check the official Big Bear Lake Farmers Market website before visiting. \nWhere Do You Park for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nVisit Big Bear specifically states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park.  \nNo current event-wide shuttle program or separate reservation system for parking is published. Follow posted signs\, use designated spaces\, and avoid parking where restrictions prohibit it. \nBecause Friday markets can draw both shoppers and other park users\, allowing a little extra time to park is sensible\, particularly if you plan to arrive during the busier early-evening period. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThe market does not publish a required packing list\, but a few practical items can make shopping easier: \n\nReusable shopping bags or totes\nA cooler or insulated bag if purchasing temperature-sensitive foods\nWater\nSun protection for earlier afternoon visits\nA light layer as temperatures cool toward evening\nMore than one payment option\n\nIf you’re shopping for a cabin meal\, decide what you need before visiting so you can combine market purchases with anything else required for dinner. \nIs the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Family-Friendly?\nThe current event information does not publish an age restriction. The setting at Ski Beach Park and the mix of food\, shopping\, and lakeside atmosphere make it an easy event to incorporate into a family afternoon. \nFamilies with younger children should remember that this is an active public market rather than a dedicated children’s program. Keep children supervised around vendor areas\, parking areas\, and the lakeside environment. \nDetailed accessibility information is not published on the current event listing reviewed\, so visitors who need specific accommodations should contact the organizer at 909-547-4574 before traveling. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nFriday: Arrive\, Shop\, and Settle Into Your Cabin\nFriday is a natural arrival day for a Big Bear weekend. Reach the mountains in the afternoon\, visit Ski Beach Park\, browse the market\, and pick up food or ingredients before checking into your cabin. \nIf your rental has the kitchen facilities you need\, market shopping can become part of dinner rather than simply another sightseeing stop. Verify the kitchen and cooking amenities on your particular rental listing before building your meal plan around them. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for a Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nSaturday: Spend a Full Day in Big Bear\nWith the farmers market handled on Friday\, Saturday can be dedicated to the main activity that brought you to Big Bear. Depending on current conditions and the season\, visitors might spend time around the lake\, explore an appropriate hiking trail\, visit The Village\, or choose another scheduled local attraction. \nCheck operating schedules and weather before making firm plans\, especially during the later October market dates when mountain conditions can change quickly. \nSunday: Slow Down Before Heading Home\nUse Sunday for breakfast at the cabin and one final local activity before departure. A two-night itinerary makes the Friday market feel like part of the trip rather than something you need to squeeze into a same-day mountain drive. \nWhere to Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nBecause the market takes place at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake itself is the most straightforward lodging area. Big Bear City can also work as a base for a broader valley weekend. \nA Chalet currently maintains a collection of Big Bear cabins ranging from smaller accommodations to larger properties suitable for groups. Its published chalet collection includes options such as Chip O Wood\, Stargazer\, Pendleton Pines\, Big Blue\, and larger properties such as Summit Ridge.  \nThe current A Chalet page groups properties into one-bedroom\, two-to-three-bedroom\, and four-to-six-bedroom categories\, giving couples\, families\, and larger groups several sizes to compare.  \nIf your market plans include cooking with produce or artisan ingredients\, review the current individual cabin listing to make sure it has the kitchen setup you need. The same applies to parking\, pet policies\, laundry\, outdoor spaces\, and other amenities; these features vary by property and should be verified before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Farmers Market Weekend Cabin\nPlan around a Friday arrival. The market operates on Fridays\, so it fits naturally into the start of a weekend stay. \nVerify the market hours. Current sources conflict between 3:00-8:00 PM and 4:00-7:00 PM\, so confirm if you intend to arrive particularly early or late. \nUse October 23 as the final currently calendar-listed Friday. Although the market website references October 24\, Visit Big Bear’s active 2026 calendar ends on Friday\, October 23. \nChoose a cabin based on how you’ll use your purchases. If you’re buying ingredients to cook\, verify the current kitchen amenities before booking. \nCheck parking capacity at your cabin. Groups traveling in multiple cars should confirm the number of permitted vehicles. \nGive yourself a second day in Big Bear. The market works best as one piece of a mountain weekend rather than the sole activity. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nThe market runs on Fridays. As of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists remaining dates on September 11\, 18\, and 25\, plus October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s own website currently says fall hours are 3:00 PM-8:00 PM. Visit Big Bear repeats that schedule in the event description but also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM time in its header. Confirm with the organizer if your visit depends on the first or last hour.  \nWhere Is the Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, in the 41216-41220 Park Ave. area.  \nWhat Vendors Are at the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market advertises local and regional farms\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. The specific vendor mix can vary by date.  \nIs There Parking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park. Follow posted parking restrictions when you arrive.  \nDo I Need a Ticket?\nNo general admission requirement is currently published on the official event information reviewed. Individual purchases from market vendors are separate. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nBig Bear Lake is the most convenient general lodging area for an event at Ski Beach Park\, while Big Bear City can also work for a wider valley itinerary. A Chalet offers cabins in the Big Bear area for different group sizes.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your market weekend. \nPlan Your Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 gives Friday visitors an easy way to experience the local food scene beside Big Bear Lake. At Ski Beach Park\, shoppers can browse farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors before continuing with the rest of their mountain weekend.  \nAs of September 10\, the active Visit Big Bear calendar shows seven remaining Friday markets through October 23\, 2026. Because current sources contain conflicting closing dates and hours\, check the organizer’s latest information before making a trip that depends on arriving at opening or near closing time.  \nFor overnight visitors\, the market fits naturally into a Friday arrival: shop at Ski Beach Park\, bring your finds back to a Big Bear cabin\, and leave the rest of the weekend open for the lake\, trails\, The Village\, or other seasonal activities. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your stay around the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/big-bear-lake-farmers-market-12/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261023T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14240-1792778400-1792789200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-55/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215632Z
CREATED:20261016T215632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215632Z
UID:14100-1792800000-1792800000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:2026 Trail Work Days
DESCRIPTION:2026 Trail Work Days: Dates\, Volunteer Details\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\n2026 Trail Work Days are volunteer trail-maintenance events organized by the Southern California Mountains Foundation across the Big Bear Valley. Volunteers help maintain heavily used or damaged trail sections through tasks such as dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control. Gloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided\, while participants are instructed to wear long pants and closed-toed shoes.  \nThe full 2026 series runs from June 20 through October 24. Earlier work days were held June 20\, July 18\, and August 15. As of September 10\, the remaining dates currently published by Visit Big Bear are Saturday\, September 12; Saturday\, October 3; and Saturday\, October 24\, 2026.  \nUnlike the separate Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, which were afternoon events limited to the Maple Hills Trail Complex\, these 2026 Trail Work Days can take place at different locations throughout Big Bear Valley. Registered volunteers receive the exact location by email roughly one week before each session.  \nIf you’re traveling to Big Bear specifically to volunteer\, staying overnight can reduce the pressure of combining a mountain drive with a work day whose exact meeting location may not be provided until shortly before the event. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and volunteer groups.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear volunteer weekend. \n2026 Trail Work Days at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\n2026 Trail Work Days\n\n\nOrganizer\nSouthern California Mountains Foundation\n\n\n2026 event period\nJune 20-October 24\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining published dates\nSeptember 12\, October 3\, and October 24\, 2026\n\n\nLocation\nVarious trail locations throughout Big Bear Valley\n\n\nExact meeting location\nSent to registered volunteers by email roughly one week before each work day\n\n\nEvent hours\nNo universal start and end time is currently published on the Visit Big Bear event page; follow your registration confirmation for your selected date\n\n\nWork may include\nDirt work\, brush work\, and litter control\n\n\nProvided\nGloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks\n\n\nRequired clothing\nLong pants and closed-toed shoes\n\n\nRegistration\nRegister through the event’s Eventbrite listing\n\n\nContact\nJordan Lowe / Trails@mountainsfoundation.org\n\n\nCommunity support\nCare for Big Bear\n\n\nOfficial event page\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nRegistration\nEventbrite Trail Work Day registration\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear currently lists September 12\, October 3\, and October 24 as the upcoming dates. Its broader Care for Big Bear volunteer calendar also displays these Trail Work Days separately from the Maple Hills Trail Work Days and Green Thumbs forest-restoration program.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Trail Work Days?\nThe 2026 Trail Work Days give locals and visitors a hands-on way to help care for Big Bear’s trail network. The Southern California Mountains Foundation organizes volunteers to work on sections of trail that need attention because of damage or visitor use.  \nDepending on the needs of the selected site\, volunteers may perform: \n\nDirt work to help maintain trail surfaces and sections needing repair\nBrush work to address vegetation affecting trail use\nLitter control to remove trash and debris\n\nThe exact tasks can vary because the work location itself changes throughout the season. This is not a single-trail volunteer program where every session repeats the same project. \nThe Southern California Mountains Foundation relies heavily on volunteers across programs that include trails\, restoration\, fire lookouts\, the Discovery Center\, and other stewardship work. Visit Big Bear’s current volunteer page describes volunteers as the backbone of several of the Foundation’s programs.  \nThese Trail Work Days are also listed as being held with support from Care for Big Bear\, the destination stewardship initiative encouraging visitors and locals to help preserve the Big Bear environment.  \nWhen Are the 2026 Trail Work Days?\nThe published 2026 series includes six Saturday work days: \n\nJune 20\, 2026 — past\nJuly 18\, 2026 — past\nAugust 15\, 2026 — past\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nOctober 3\, 2026\nOctober 24\, 2026\n\nThe full series therefore extends from June 20 through October 24. As of September 10\, three scheduled work days remain.  \nThe official Visit Big Bear page does not currently publish one standard start and finish time for the entire series. Volunteers should use the Eventbrite registration information and any organizer emails for the confirmed meeting time for their selected date rather than assuming the hours from a different trail event. \nThis matters because Big Bear hosts several separate stewardship programs. The Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, for example\, were specifically scheduled from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, but those hours should not be carried over to the valley-wide 2026 Trail Work Days.  \nAre 2026 Trail Work Days the Same as Maple Hills Trail Work Days?\nNo. Although both programs involve the Southern California Mountains Foundation and similar trail-maintenance work\, they are listed as separate events. \nThe Maple Hills program was centered specifically within the Maple Hills Trail Complex\, with published afternoon hours from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM. Its listed recurring period ended September 10.  \nThe 2026 Trail Work Days cover changing locations throughout Big Bear Valley and continue through October 24. Visit Big Bear’s current volunteer calendar displays both programs as separate volunteer opportunities\, confirming that this event should not be treated as a duplicate of the Maple Hills article.  \nThat distinction is important when registering: make sure the Eventbrite page and date you’re using correspond to the valley-wide Trail Work Day rather than a previous Maple Hills session. \nWhere Do the Trail Work Days Take Place?\nThere is no single permanent meeting point for the entire series. \nThe organizer states that locations vary but will always be within Big Bear Valley. Sites are selected according to factors such as the amount of trail damage and visitor usage.  \nRegistered volunteers normally receive the exact location by email approximately one week before the event. If you register less than a week before the work day\, the location will be shared as soon as possible.  \nBecause the location changes\, do not use the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center address shown on Visit Big Bear’s website as if it were automatically the trail-work meeting point. The Visitor Center is the tourism organization’s general location\, not a confirmed meeting location for every session. \nHow Do You Register?\nVolunteers should register through the published Eventbrite Trail Work Day listing. \nRegistration is especially important because the organizer uses volunteer contact information to distribute the final work location. Without those instructions\, you may not know where the group is meeting. \nIf you have questions about trail work\, current registration\, or meeting instructions\, the published contact is: \nTrails@mountainsfoundation.org \nVisit Big Bear also identifies Jordan Lowe as the event contact.  \nNo general participation price is currently published on the official Visit Big Bear listing. Because this is presented as a volunteer opportunity\, use the official registration page for any terms or requirements attached to your date rather than assuming details not stated publicly. \nWhat Can Volunteers Expect?\nThese are active trail-maintenance days rather than passive educational gatherings. Volunteers should expect to spend time outdoors helping address real maintenance needs. \nThe organizer specifically mentions dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control. The exact balance of those tasks depends on the selected trail and its condition.  \nGloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided\, which reduces the amount of specialized equipment volunteers need to bring. Participants are still responsible for arriving dressed appropriately and following any additional safety instructions sent before the event.  \nFriends and family are encouraged to join\, but the public event page does not state a universal minimum volunteer age or provide detailed rules for minors. Families planning to bring children should contact the organizer before registering if age eligibility is important. \nSimilarly\, the standard event page does not publish detailed accessibility information. Because work sites vary and may involve uneven natural terrain\, volunteers with mobility or accommodation requirements should contact the organizer before the work day. \nWhat Should You Wear and Bring?\nThe official instructions specifically say to wear: \n\nLong pants\nClosed-toed shoes\n\nThe organizer provides: \n\nWork gloves\nTools\nSnacks\nDrinks\n\nThese details are confirmed in the current event listing.  \nBecause the exact trail site changes\, volunteers should also read the organizer’s pre-event email carefully. A particular work day may involve additional site-specific instructions. \nIt is also sensible to check the Big Bear forecast and prepare for mountain conditions\, but do not substitute a generic packing list for instructions provided by the Southern California Mountains Foundation. \nWhat Is Special About the October 24 Trail Work Day?\nThe standard 2026 Trail Work Days schedule lists October 24 as the final session of the season. A separate current listing from the California Off-Road Vehicle Association describes an October 24 volunteer day in partnership with the Southern California Mountains Foundation\, meeting at 40971 North Shore Drive / Highway 38 in Fawnskin at 8:30 AM.  \nThat October 24 partnership listing includes trail maintenance\, sign work\, and clearing brush and debris\, along with additional personal protective equipment requirements.  \nBecause that partner listing contains more specific requirements than the general season page\, October 24 volunteers should follow the instructions attached to their actual registration. Do not assume that requirements for October 24 automatically apply to September 12 or October 3. \nHow to Make a Weekend of a Big Bear Trail Work Day\nFriday: Arrive and Check In\nIf you’re volunteering on one of the Saturday dates\, arriving Friday evening can make the morning easier. Check into your cabin\, review the latest organizer email\, confirm the meeting location\, and prepare your clothing before going to bed. \nThis is especially useful because the meeting site can change from one work day to another. \nSaturday: Volunteer on the Trails\nFollow the meeting time provided through your registration. Wear long pants and closed-toed footwear and bring anything specifically requested in your confirmation email. \nAfter the volunteer work concludes\, return to your cabin to clean up\, eat\, and relax. A trail-work day can involve more physical effort than a typical sightseeing activity\, so keeping the rest of the afternoon flexible may be preferable to scheduling another demanding outing. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trail Work Day weekend. \nSunday: Enjoy Big Bear Responsibly\nUse the following morning to enjoy the area you helped care for. Depending on current conditions and your interests\, that could mean a relaxed lake outing\, an appropriate trail\, or time elsewhere in Big Bear Valley. \nFollow Leave No Trace practices and any current trail closures or restrictions. The broader Care for Big Bear program encourages visitors to combine recreation with responsible stewardship of the surrounding natural environment.  \nWhere to Stay for the 2026 Trail Work Days\nBecause individual work locations can fall anywhere within Big Bear Valley\, Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City are both practical lodging bases. Waiting for your organizer email before making assumptions about the exact trailhead is important. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Its current collection includes smaller stays such as Bear Den\, two-bedroom options including Golden Hour and Maverick’s Cabin\, three-bedroom properties such as Conklin Canopy\, and larger four-bedroom options including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nVolunteers traveling as a group can compare larger cabins\, while a couple participating together may prefer a smaller property. Verify each property’s current bedroom configuration\, parking limits\, pet policy\, kitchen\, laundry\, and other features directly on its live listing. \nA Chalet’s current website also notes an Every Stay Gives Back program in which A Chalet and Care for Big Bear contribute to local cleanup initiatives. That program is a broader stewardship effort and should not be interpreted as A Chalet sponsoring this specific Trail Work Day.  \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Trail Work Weekend Cabin\nRegister for the work day first. Registration is how you’ll receive the changing location information. \nDo not assume the meeting location. The exact trail site is normally emailed approximately one week ahead. \nChoose Big Bear Valley lodging. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City keeps you within the same general area as the work sites without adding an unnecessary Lake Arrowhead commute. \nConsider arriving the night before. This provides time to confirm directions and avoids pairing a same-morning mountain drive with an unfamiliar trail meeting point. \nVerify cabin parking. If several volunteers are sharing one rental but arriving in separate cars\, check the property’s permitted vehicle count. \nLeave the afternoon flexible. Trail maintenance can be physical\, so a relaxed post-event schedule may be more comfortable. \nCheck the latest organizer instructions. Requirements can differ by date\, particularly when another organization is partnering on a specific work day. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Are the Remaining 2026 Trail Work Days?\nAs of September 10\, the remaining dates published by Visit Big Bear are September 12\, October 3\, and October 24\, 2026. Earlier sessions were held June 20\, July 18\, and August 15.  \nWhere Do the Trail Work Days Take Place?\nLocations vary throughout Big Bear Valley. Registered volunteers are normally sent the exact location by email roughly one week before the event.  \nWhat Kind of Work Will Volunteers Do?\nPublished tasks include dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control\, with the exact project determined by current trail conditions and visitor use.  \nWhat Should I Wear?\nThe organizer specifically instructs volunteers to wear long pants and closed-toed shoes. Gloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided.  \nAre the Trail Work Days the Same as Maple Hills Trail Work Days?\nNo. Maple Hills Trail Work Days were separate afternoon events focused on the Maple Hills Trail Complex and ended September 10. The valley-wide 2026 Trail Work Days continue through October 24 and use changing Big Bear Valley locations.  \nHow Do I Register?\nUse the official Eventbrite registration page. For questions\, contact Trails@mountainsfoundation.org.  \nWhere Should I Stay for a Trail Work Day?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City is the logical choice because work locations vary throughout Big Bear Valley. A Chalet offers cabins for couples and larger volunteer groups in both areas. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your 2026 Trail Work Days Getaway With A Chalet\nThe 2026 Trail Work Days offer visitors a practical way to contribute to the same mountain landscape they come to enjoy. Organized by the Southern California Mountains Foundation\, the volunteer sessions help address dirt work\, vegetation\, litter\, and other maintenance needs on trails throughout Big Bear Valley.  \nAs of September 10\, three dates remain: September 12\, October 3\, and October 24. Register in advance\, watch for the email containing the exact work location\, wear long pants and closed-toed shoes\, and follow any additional instructions associated with your specific session.  \nThese valley-wide work days are separate from the Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, so they warrant their own event plan and article. The changing locations also make an overnight Big Bear stay useful: arrive the evening before\, confirm the work-site directions\, volunteer the next day\, and have a nearby place to rest afterward. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the 2026 Trail Work Days.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/2026-trail-work-days-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003007Z
CREATED:20261017T003007Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003007Z
UID:14241-1792800000-1792800000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-46/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T090000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14101-1792832400-1792854000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Green Thumbs - Forest Restoration Volunteers
DESCRIPTION:Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026: Dates\, Volunteer Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 is a hands-on conservation program in the San Bernardino National Forest that gives volunteers an opportunity to help restore and protect Southern California’s mountain environment. The 2026 season runs on select dates from April 25 through October 24\, 2026\, with most volunteer projects scheduled from 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. Pre-registration is required. Visit Big Bear’s official event listing provides the current schedule and registration instructions. \nProjects may include collecting native seed\, planting native trees and plants\, supporting Forest Service nurseries\, weeding and watering restoration areas\, and cleaning up trash and graffiti. The exact project location is provided to registered volunteers before the event rather than published as one permanent meeting address. \nFor volunteers traveling to the Big Bear area\, turning the service day into an overnight mountain trip can make an early start much easier. A Chalet offers cabins in the Big Bear area where couples\, families\, friends\, and volunteer groups can stay before or after their project day. \nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent name\nGreen Thumbs – Forest Restoration Volunteers\n\n\n2026 dates\nApril 25; May 2; May 16; June 3–5; July 11; August 1; September 26; October 10; October 24\n\n\nHours\n9:00 AM–3:00 PM on scheduled volunteer days\n\n\nGeneral location\nSan Bernardino National Forest / Big Bear area; specific project locations are sent to registered volunteers in advance\n\n\nAdmission\nNo admission or ticket price is listed; pre-registration is required\n\n\nRegistration\nRequired in advance so organizers can plan appropriate staffing and tools\n\n\nParking\nParking instructions depend on the individual restoration site and should be confirmed with the location information sent to registered volunteers\n\n\nRecommended arrival time\nFollow the arrival instructions supplied by the organizers after registration; do not assume the published 9:00 AM start time is the requested check-in time\n\n\nOfficial event information\nGreen Thumbs – Forest Restoration Volunteers\n\n\n\nWhat Is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers?\nGreen Thumbs is a volunteer restoration program that puts participants directly to work caring for public lands in the San Bernardino National Forest. Rather than simply attending an environmental event\, participants take part in practical conservation projects designed to improve habitat and support healthier forest landscapes. \nThe program is a collaboration involving the San Bernardino National Forest and Southern California Mountains Foundation. The U.S. Forest Service has documented previous Green Thumbs restoration work\, including projects where volunteers planted native vegetation and helped restore areas affected by unauthorized use. \nAccording to the Forest Service\, Green Thumbs volunteers have historically contributed to work such as planting\, seed dispersal and collection\, invasive plant removal\, and other labor needed for successful restoration projects. The 2026 program expands on that hands-on stewardship approach. \nFor the current season\, listed activities include collecting native seeds\, planting native trees and other plants\, assisting Forest Service nurseries\, weeding and watering restoration areas\, and removing trash and graffiti. \nThe program is a good fit for people who enjoy the outdoors and want their visit to the mountains to include meaningful conservation work. Returning volunteers are welcome\, but the organizers also specifically invite people who are new to volunteering. \nWhen and Where Is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026?\nThe published Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 schedule includes: \n\nApril 25\, 2026 – Earth Day volunteer project\nMay 2\, 2026\nMay 16\, 2026\nJune 3–5\, 2026 – National Forest Week\nJuly 11\, 2026\nAugust 1\, 2026\nSeptember 26\, 2026 – National Public Lands Day\nOctober 10\, 2026\nOctober 24\, 2026\n\nThe published volunteer hours are 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. Visit Big Bear currently lists the overall 2026 program as running from April 25 through October 24. \nOne of the most important planning details is that there is not a single public meeting address for every Green Thumbs project. After prospective volunteers contact the organizers\, they are notified of upcoming projects approximately two weeks in advance and receive the location information. Volunteers then reply to sign up for the project they want to attend. \nTo register or arrange participation for a group\, the event listing directs volunteers to contact Lisa Underwood at Lunderwood@mountainsfoundation.org or Drew Farr at Drew.Farr@USDA.gov. \nWhat Can Volunteers Expect?\nGreen Thumbs is a working volunteer day\, so visitors should expect to participate rather than observe. The exact assignment can change according to the restoration site’s needs. \nPotential activities identified for the 2026 season include: \n\nCollecting native plant seeds\nPlanting native trees and plants\nHelping at Forest Service nurseries\nRemoving weeds from restoration areas\nWatering restoration sites\nPicking up trash\nHelping remove graffiti\n\nThese projects support habitat restoration and long-term forest resilience. Previous Forest Service coverage demonstrates how tangible that work can be: volunteers have helped install hundreds of native plants while restoring areas damaged by unauthorized activity. \nThe precise work planned for each 2026 date has not been published as a detailed project-by-project schedule. Volunteers should therefore wait for the organizers’ instructions rather than assuming a particular activity will be offered on a particular date. \nRegistration\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo you need to register for Green Thumbs?\nYes. Pre-registration is required. Organizers specifically request advance registration so they can prepare enough staff and tools for the number of participants expected. \nThis is especially important for families\, clubs\, community organizations\, or groups hoping to volunteer together. Groups should contact the organizers ahead of time rather than arriving without notice. \nWhere do volunteers park?\nA universal parking location has not been published because Green Thumbs projects can take place at different restoration sites. Registered volunteers should use the parking and meeting instructions provided for their specific project. \nDo not use the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center as an assumed event meeting point simply because Visit Big Bear publishes the event. Wait for the location sent by the Green Thumbs organizers. \nHow should you plan transportation?\nBecause projects take place on public lands in the San Bernardino National Forest\, participants should review the location they receive before leaving for the event. Check the route\, road conditions\, and organizer instructions in advance\, particularly if the project site is unfamiliar. \nMountain weather and road conditions can also vary considerably through a season that stretches from April into late October. Check current conditions shortly before your volunteer date and allow enough time to reach the designated meeting point. \nWhat Should You Bring to a Green Thumbs Volunteer Day?\nYour final packing decisions should follow the instructions provided by the organizers for your particular restoration project. A sensible starting list for a six-hour outdoor volunteer day includes: \n\nSturdy\, comfortable closed-toe footwear appropriate for outdoor work\nComfortable clothing suitable for physical activity\nLayers for changing mountain temperatures\nSun protection\, including sunscreen and a hat\nPlenty of drinking water\nWork gloves if requested or recommended by the organizers\nSnacks or food based on the instructions for your project\nAny identification\, paperwork\, or confirmation requested during registration\n\nBecause assignments and locations vary\, do not bring specialized tools unless the organizers ask you to. Pre-registration helps the Green Thumbs team plan staffing and equipment for each project. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers\nA 9:00 AM start makes Green Thumbs a natural candidate for an overnight Big Bear trip\, especially for volunteers traveling from outside the mountain communities. \nFriday: Arrive and settle in\nIf your project is on a Saturday\, consider arriving in the Big Bear area Friday afternoon or evening. Check into your cabin\, pick up any food and supplies you need\, review the organizer’s meeting instructions\, and prepare your outdoor clothing and water for the following morning. \nA quiet evening can be more useful than trying to combine a long drive with an early volunteer check-in the next day. If your cabin includes a kitchen\, preparing breakfast or packing food the night before can also simplify the morning. \nSaturday: Volunteer and recover\nHave breakfast and leave with enough time to reach the assigned restoration location according to the organizer’s directions. Green Thumbs projects are scheduled from 9:00 AM until 3:00 PM\, giving volunteers a substantial day of hands-on conservation work. \nAfterward\, return to your cabin\, clean up\, have dinner\, and enjoy a slower evening in the mountains rather than immediately beginning the drive home. \nIf you’re ready to build a weekend around your volunteer date\, browse A Chalet cabins for your Green Thumbs weekend and choose a property that works for your group size. \nSunday: Spend a little more time outdoors\nBefore leaving Big Bear\, keep the conservation theme going with a low-impact morning outdoors. A walk around the lake\, an appropriate local trail\, or a relaxed visit to the Big Bear area can provide time to enjoy the environment you helped support the previous day. \nCare for Big Bear’s volunteer resources also highlight ways locals and visitors can be better stewards of the area’s natural environment\, from staying on designated trails to participating in additional volunteer programs. \nWhere to Stay for Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers\nBecause Green Thumbs projects are associated with the San Bernardino National Forest and the exact restoration location is provided after registration\, volunteers should first obtain their project details before choosing lodging solely on the basis of distance. \nFor projects in or around the Big Bear area\, A Chalet’s current cabin collection includes vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, Sugarloaf\, and surrounding Big Bear communities. The company also manages Lake Arrowhead properties\, but a Lake Arrowhead cabin should not automatically be selected for a Big Bear-based volunteer assignment because the actual project location and mountain travel route matter. \nCouples or solo volunteers can look for a smaller cabin rather than paying for unnecessary space. Families and groups can compare two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options based on the number of people traveling together. \nFor example\, the currently listed Stargazer in Sugarloaf accommodates up to seven guests in two bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current listing includes a kitchen\, which can be useful for preparing breakfast before an early volunteer start or making dinner after returning from the forest. \nLarger volunteer groups can consider options such as Pendleton Pines\, currently listed in the Sugarloaf community for up to eight guests with three bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current amenities include a hot tub and sauna\, giving groups options for relaxing after an active day outdoors. \nAnother current option\, Big Blue\, accommodates up to eight guests with three bedrooms and two bathrooms and lists a kitchen among its amenities. \nProperty details\, rules\, and availability can change\, so review the live listing before reserving. Once you know the location of your volunteer project\, check A Chalet cabin availability near your Green Thumbs date. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nRegister for Green Thumbs first. Because the project location is distributed to participants before the volunteer date\, registering early gives you better information for choosing where to stay. \nConfirm your volunteer date. The program runs on multiple dates rather than every Saturday. Make sure your chosen date is part of the published schedule and that your registration has been accepted. \nChoose the cabin for your actual group size. A smaller rental can make sense for a couple\, while families\, clubs\, and groups volunteering together may benefit from multiple bedrooms and shared common areas. \nReview the current property rules and amenities. Do not assume that every A Chalet property has the same features. Check the live listing for bedroom configuration\, guest capacity\, kitchen facilities\, parking information\, pet policies\, and other details important to your group. \nConsider arriving the day before. For a 9:00 AM volunteer project\, a Friday arrival can remove the pressure of combining a long drive with an early morning start. \nConsider an additional night. Staying Saturday night gives volunteers time to clean up\, eat\, relax\, and recover after six hours of outdoor work before traveling home. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026?\nThe published 2026 dates are April 25\, May 2\, May 16\, June 3–5\, July 11\, August 1\, September 26\, October 10\, and October 24. Volunteer hours are listed as 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. \nWhere is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers held?\nThe program supports restoration work in the San Bernardino National Forest. There is no single meeting address published for every date. Volunteers receive information about upcoming projects and their locations after contacting the organizers\, with notifications sent approximately two weeks in advance. \nAre tickets required for Green Thumbs?\nThere is no ticket price listed\, but pre-registration is required. Contact Lisa Underwood at Lunderwood@mountainsfoundation.org or Drew Farr at Drew.Farr@USDA.gov according to the current event instructions. \nIs Green Thumbs suitable for children and families?\nThe Forest Service has documented families participating in previous Green Thumbs restoration projects\, but the current 2026 event information does not publish a universal minimum age or age policy for every project. Families should ask the organizers whether a specific restoration assignment is appropriate for their children’s ages before registering. \nWhere do Green Thumbs volunteers park?\nParking information varies by restoration site and is not published as one universal location. Use the directions and parking instructions supplied by the organizers for the project you register to attend. \nWhat should volunteers bring?\nPrepare for several hours of outdoor conservation work with sturdy footwear\, practical clothing\, layers\, sun protection\, and water. Follow the organizer’s project-specific instructions regarding food\, gloves\, equipment\, and any other supplies because assignments vary. \nWhere should I stay for Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers?\nIf your assigned project is in the Big Bear area\, A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, Sugarloaf\, and nearby communities\, with options suitable for couples\, families\, and larger groups. Because the precise volunteer location is provided after registration\, confirm it before deciding which area is most convenient. Browse A Chalet cabins and current availability for your volunteer weekend. \nPlan Your Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers Getaway With A Chalet\nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 offers a practical way to contribute to the San Bernardino National Forest while spending a day outdoors in the mountains. With projects scheduled from April through October\, volunteers can help with native plants\, restoration sites\, nursery work\, cleanup efforts\, and other conservation needs. \nThe most important first step is to register. Confirm your volunteer date\, wait for the organizers to provide the project location and instructions\, and then plan transportation and lodging around the actual assignment. \nFor volunteers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight can turn a 9:00 AM–3:00 PM service project into a more manageable mountain weekend. Arrive the day before\, get a full night’s rest\, spend Saturday contributing to the forest\, and return to a cabin afterward rather than immediately making the drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Green Thumbs volunteer weekend and find a stay that fits your group. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/green-thumbs-forest-restoration-volunteers-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T170000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14102-1792846800-1792861200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Climate & Cocktails
DESCRIPTION:Climate & Cocktails 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nClimate & Cocktails 2026 is a recurring volunteer cleanup series hosted by Care for Big Bear. Participants spend the first part of the afternoon collecting litter and debris from trails\, shoreline areas\, parks\, neighborhoods\, or roadside locations\, then gather at a local restaurant for a hosted first beverage. \nThe 2026 schedule currently includes September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12. Cleanup runs from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\, followed by happy hour from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe next event on Sunday\, September 27 is the most fully detailed date currently published. Volunteers will meet for an Arctic Circle cleanup\, followed by happy hour at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake. For this specific September event\, Care for Big Bear says no children or participants under 18 may attend because the cleanup is being conducted with Jazzy Bear Ride Service in support of its Adopt-A-Highway sponsorship. \nRSVP is requested\, volunteers must sign a liability waiver\, and photo and video recording may occur. Care for Big Bear will cover one beverage for qualifying cleanup volunteers during the 3:30 PM-5:00 PM gathering; alcoholic drinks require valid proof of age 21 or older. \nVisitors coming from outside the valley can turn the experience into a meaningful overnight mountain trip. An A Chalet cabin gives you a comfortable place to arrive beforehand\, change after the cleanup\, relax after happy hour\, and explore more of Big Bear the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Climate & Cocktails weekend. \nClimate & Cocktails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nClimate & Cocktails\n\n\nOrganizer\nCare for Big Bear\n\n\n2026 dates\nSeptember 27\, October 24\, November 21\, December 12\n\n\nCleanup time\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM\n\n\nHappy hour\n3:30 PM-5:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 27 cleanup\nArctic Circle\n\n\nSeptember 27 happy hour\nBarrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nOctober 24 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nNovember 21 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nDecember 12 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nRSVP\nRequested through Care for Big Bear\n\n\nVolunteer requirement\nParticipate in the cleanup and sign a liability waiver to qualify for the hosted beverage\n\n\nAlcohol requirement\nValid ID showing age 21+ required for alcoholic beverages\n\n\nWeather policy\nRain\, snow\, or shine\n\n\nContact\ncfbb@bigbear.com\n\n\nOfficial information and RSVP\nCare for Big Bear Events and RSVP\n\n\n\nWhat Is Climate & Cocktails?\nClimate & Cocktails is a volunteer event that combines environmental cleanup work with a casual community gathering afterward. \nThe concept is simple: volunteers help remove trash and debris from places around Big Bear\, then meet at a local restaurant or bar to socialize with the other people who participated. \nCare for Big Bear launched the program in January 2026 as part of its Landscape Initiative. The organization describes the project as a way for locals\, visitors\, and part-time residents to help care for the area while connecting with others who value the mountain environment. \nThe cleanup locations can vary considerably. Depending on the date\, volunteers may work along trails\, shoreline areas\, parks\, neighborhoods\, or other public spaces that need attention. \nThat means Climate & Cocktails is not one fixed-location event. Each month’s meeting place and host restaurant should be checked separately before you attend. \nWhen Is Climate & Cocktails 2026?\nThe currently published remaining 2026 schedule is: \n\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 24\nSaturday\, November 21\nSaturday\, December 12\n\nEach listed event follows the same general afternoon format: \n\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Environmental cleanup\n3:30 PM-5:00 PM: Happy hour at the host restaurant\n\nThe event takes place rain\, snow\, or shine\, so volunteers should not assume poor weather automatically means cancellation. \nSpecific locations for October 24\, November 21\, and December 12 have not yet been published. Care for Big Bear currently lists both the cleanup site and happy-hour venue for those dates as TBD. \nWhat Is Planned for September 27?\nThe September 27 Climate & Cocktails event currently has the most complete logistical information. \nVolunteers will work in the Arctic Circle area near Big Bear Lake. Care for Big Bear asks attendees to meet at 12:45 PM at a turnout just north of Big Bear Dam. \nThe current plan is: \n\n12:45 PM: Meet at the designated Arctic Circle turnout\nSafety briefing and distribution of cleanup gear and supplies\nVolunteer groups disperse among turnout areas\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Cleanup work\n3:30 PM: Happy hour begins at Barrel 33\n5:00 PM: Hosted beverage period ends\n\nThis cleanup is being conducted with Jazzy Bear Ride Service in support of its Adopt-A-Highway sponsorship. \nCare for Big Bear specifically states that no children or anyone under 18 may attend the September 27 cleanup. That restriction is specific to this date and overrides the broader series language that normally allows minors when accompanied by an adult. \nWhere Is the September Happy Hour?\nThe September 27 gathering is scheduled at Barrel 33\, located at: \n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nBarrel 33 is a wine bar in The Village that serves California wines and hosts regular live music and other community events. \nCare for Big Bear will cover the first qualifying beverage for volunteers from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe event is not limited to alcoholic drinks. The program description specifically includes cocktails\, mocktails\, or another beverage\, making the post-cleanup gathering relevant even for volunteers who do not drink alcohol. \nHow Does the Free Beverage Work?\nCare for Big Bear currently states that it will cover the cost of one beverage per volunteer during the host restaurant gathering. \nTo qualify\, a participant must: \n\nJoin the Climate & Cocktails cleanup from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\nSign the required liability waiver upon arrival\nFollow any age rules applying to that specific event\nPresent valid ID proving age 21+ if ordering an alcoholic beverage\n\nThe hosted beverage period runs from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe event information does not state that additional drinks\, meals\, appetizers\, or other restaurant purchases are covered. Plan to pay separately for anything beyond the one qualifying beverage. \nCan Minors Volunteer?\nFor the series generally\, Care for Big Bear’s published disclaimer says that minor volunteers must be accompanied by an adult. \nHowever\, the September 27 event has a stricter rule: no children or anyone under 18 may participate. \nThis is an important distinction. Families interested in the October\, November\, or December cleanup should check the individual RSVP information once locations are announced\, because age restrictions may depend on the type of cleanup and work site. \nNo participant under 21 can receive an alcoholic beverage\, regardless of whether they are otherwise eligible to volunteer. \nDo You Need to RSVP?\nYes\, RSVP is strongly encouraged through the official Care for Big Bear event page. \nThe RSVP form collects group information and asks attendees to agree to participation terms\, including the liability waiver requirement and photography or filming notice. \nFor the September 27 event\, advance RSVP is especially useful because the cleanup involves a specific roadside location\, safety briefing\, gear distribution\, and group dispersal. \nRSVP for the next Climate & Cocktails event. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nCare for Big Bear says the event goes forward in rain\, snow\, or shine\, so clothing and footwear should match current mountain conditions. \nA practical cleanup packing list includes: \n\nClosed-toe shoes or sturdy walking footwear\nLong pants when appropriate for the cleanup terrain\nLayers for changing temperatures\nA waterproof outer layer when rain or snow is possible\nSun protection\nWater\nWork gloves if requested or if you prefer your own\nAny personal medications\nValid ID if you plan to order an alcoholic beverage afterward\nA change of clothes or shoes for the restaurant if conditions are muddy or wet\n\nFor the September Arctic Circle cleanup\, safety equipment and cleanup supplies are distributed during the pre-event briefing. \nDo not pick up hazardous material\, needles\, broken glass\, or suspicious objects without following organizer instructions. Roadside cleanup areas also require careful attention to safety guidance. \nWhat Should Volunteers Expect During the Cleanup?\nThe exact work depends on the location\, but the purpose is consistent: remove litter and debris that detract from Big Bear’s outdoor environment. \nVolunteers may find themselves working along trails\, shorelines\, parks\, neighborhood areas\, turnouts\, or other public locations. \nSeptember’s Arctic Circle cleanup is more structured than a casual park litter pickup because participants will first receive a safety briefing and then be separated into groups around the turnout areas. \nListen carefully to organizers\, stay within designated work zones\, and use any protective equipment provided. \nBecause the event lasts two hours\, volunteers should also pace themselves rather than treating the cleanup like a race to collect the greatest amount of litter. \nWhat Is Care for Big Bear?\nCare for Big Bear is a local stewardship organization focused on preserving the natural environment and quality of life in the Big Bear Valley. \nIts work includes a Landscape Initiative\, Dark Sky Initiative\, Green Partner efforts\, volunteer programs\, cleanup events\, and environmental education. \nClimate & Cocktails sits within the Landscape Initiative and was created to give both residents and visitors a hands-on way to improve the places they use for recreation. \nThe program is particularly relevant to travelers because it turns stewardship into part of the visitor experience. Instead of only hiking\, boating\, dining\, or sightseeing\, participants spend part of the trip helping care for the same mountain environment they came to enjoy. \nIs Climate & Cocktails Good for Visitors?\nYes. The program is expressly open to more than year-round residents. Care for Big Bear describes Climate & Cocktails as involving locals\, visitors\, and part-time residents. \nFor travelers\, volunteering can add a different dimension to a Big Bear weekend. It creates an opportunity to meet community members and other visitors while doing something directly beneficial for the area. \nIt is also manageable within a normal weekend itinerary. The cleanup begins at 1:00 PM and the social portion ends at 5:00 PM\, leaving the morning and evening available for other activities. \nThe key is to treat the cleanup itself as the purpose of the event. The hosted beverage is a thank-you for volunteers\, not a substitute for participating in the service portion. \nParking and Transportation\nParking and arrival procedures vary because cleanup locations change each month. \nFor September 27\, participants meet at a specified turnout in the Arctic Circle area just north of Big Bear Dam. The official RSVP information should be used for the current map location rather than navigating only by the words “Arctic Circle.” \nAfter the cleanup\, volunteers travel separately to Barrel 33 in The Village for the 3:30 PM gathering. \nBecause the cleanup and restaurant are different locations\, plan transportation before the event. Anyone consuming alcohol should make a safe plan that does not involve impaired driving. \nThe October\, November\, and December cleanup and restaurant locations remain unannounced\, so transportation guidance for those dates cannot yet be provided accurately. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Climate & Cocktails\nFriday or Saturday: Arrive and Settle In\nIf you are traveling from outside Big Bear\, arrive the night before the cleanup rather than timing a mountain drive around the 1:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, have dinner\, and review the latest event email or RSVP information so you know the correct meeting location and weather conditions. \nCleanup Day Morning: Keep the Schedule Flexible\nUse the morning for breakfast and a relaxed local activity. \nAvoid a strenuous hike or long excursion that leaves you tired before a two-hour cleanup\, particularly if the volunteer site involves uneven terrain or roadside work. \n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Volunteer\nArrive at the published meeting point on time\, complete any check-in requirements\, sign the liability waiver\, and participate in the full cleanup segment. \nFor September 27\, organizers ask volunteers to arrive at 12:45 PM so there is time for the safety briefing before work starts. \n3:30 PM-5:00 PM: Happy Hour\nAfter the cleanup\, head to the designated host restaurant for the social portion of the event. \nThe first qualifying beverage is covered by Care for Big Bear. Order food or additional drinks separately if you wish\, and present valid ID for alcohol. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your volunteer weekend. \nEvening: Return to the Cabin\nAfter an outdoor cleanup and social gathering\, a cabin gives you somewhere comfortable to shower\, change\, eat\, and relax. \nThat can be especially welcome during the later November and December events\, when volunteers may encounter colder or wetter mountain conditions. \nWhere to Stay for Climate & Cocktails 2026\nBecause Climate & Cocktails cleanup sites move around the Big Bear Valley\, there is no single cabin location that is ideal for every date. However\, Big Bear Lake is a particularly practical base for the September 27 event because the cleanup is near Big Bear Dam and happy hour is at Barrel 33 in The Village. \nA Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and groups. \nOne verified Big Bear Lake option is Conklin Canopy\, currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. Its current listing verifies a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA washer and dryer can be particularly useful after an outdoor cleanup if clothing gets dusty\, muddy\, or wet\, while a kitchen makes it easy to prepare breakfast before volunteering or dinner afterward. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear Lake for up to four guests\, with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its current booking page verifies a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, and suitability for children. \nAlways review the live A Chalet listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet rules\, and current house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Climate & Cocktails 2026. \nTips for Booking a Climate & Cocktails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your cabin after the cleanup location is announced. September’s site is known\, but October\, November\, and December locations remain TBD. \nConsider arriving the night before. That removes the pressure of matching mountain traffic with a fixed volunteer check-in time. \nLook for laundry if possible. Cleanup work can leave clothing dirty or wet\, especially during fall and winter events. \nConfirm parking capacity. Friends volunteering together may arrive in separate cars. \nPlan a safe post-event ride. If you intend to order alcohol\, arrange transportation that does not depend on driving afterward. \nBring weather-appropriate gear. The event is scheduled rain\, snow\, or shine. \nRecheck the official RSVP page. Later 2026 cleanup sites and host restaurants have not yet been announced. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Climate & Cocktails 2026?\nThe remaining published dates are September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12\, 2026. Cleanup runs from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\, followed by happy hour from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nWhere Is the September 27 Cleanup?\nThe September 27 cleanup is in the Arctic Circle area near Big Bear Dam. Volunteers are asked to meet at 12:45 PM at the specific turnout shown in the official RSVP information. \nWhere Is the September Happy Hour?\nThe September 27 happy hour is at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs the Drink Really Free?\nCare for Big Bear covers one beverage for each qualifying volunteer who participates in the 1:00 PM-3:00 PM cleanup and signs the required waiver. Alcoholic beverages require valid proof of age 21 or older. \nCan Kids Participate?\nThe general series rules say minors must be accompanied by an adult\, but the September 27 Arctic Circle event is restricted to participants age 18 and older. Check later event RSVPs for date-specific rules. \nDoes Climate & Cocktails Happen in Bad Weather?\nYes. The event is advertised as rain\, snow\, or shine\, so volunteers should dress for current Big Bear conditions. \nWhere Should I Stay for Climate & Cocktails?\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is particularly practical for the September event\, while Big Bear City may also work depending on the cleanup location and your group. Staying overnight gives you time to volunteer\, change after the cleanup\, enjoy the social gathering responsibly\, and avoid a rushed drive home. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your chosen Climate & Cocktails date. \nPlan Your Climate & Cocktails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nClimate & Cocktails 2026 offers travelers a practical way to give something back to the Big Bear landscape while meeting people who care about the same mountain environment. \nThe remaining events are scheduled for September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12\, with cleanup from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM and a hosted social gathering from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe September event is currently the most detailed: volunteers will help clean the Arctic Circle area\, then gather at Barrel 33. October\, November\, and December cleanup sites and happy-hour venues are still to be announced\, so check Care for Big Bear’s RSVP page before making final plans. \nAn overnight cabin stay can make the volunteer experience more comfortable\, especially when weather is unpredictable or the cleanup leaves you ready for a shower and a relaxed evening instead of a long drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Climate & Cocktails 2026 volunteer getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/climate-cocktails-3/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261024T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14242-1792864800-1792875600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-54/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14243-1792886400-1792886400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-45/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T140000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215623Z
CREATED:20261016T215623Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215623Z
UID:14103-1792936800-1792940400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-12/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261025T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14244-1792951200-1792962000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Sunday Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nLatin Night takes place on Sundays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, featuring a live DJ at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake. Parking is available at the property. \nThis listing is for the Sunday date shown above. Taco Tuesday is a separate Tuesday event from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nView the published event schedule.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-10/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261027T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261027T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:14104-1793106000-1793116800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:High Alti-Tuesdays - Live Music and Specials
DESCRIPTION:High Alti-Tuesdays 2026: Dates\, Live Music\, Barrel 33 Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is a recurring Tuesday live-music event at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The recurring program features Brad from SilverMoon playing laid-back music and crowd favorites while guests enjoy Barrel 33’s food\, wine\, beer\, cider\, and Tuesday specials. \nBarrel 33’s current official website promotes High Alti-Tuesday live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Visit Big Bear also lists the recurring event from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM and currently shows Tuesday dates extending through the fall and winter season. \nThere is one schedule detail worth checking before you go: Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music calendar lists Brad at 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on several September Tuesdays\, while the dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays page and Barrel 33’s own recurring-event information use 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. If hearing the entire set matters to you\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before heading over. \nThe dedicated event listing also promotes a $20 pretzel and draft beer special. Because restaurant promotions can change\, confirm the special when ordering. \nFor travelers spending a few weekdays in the mountains\, High Alti-Tuesdays can be an easy addition to a Big Bear getaway. Stay in an A Chalet cabin\, spend the morning outdoors or exploring The Village\, catch the afternoon music at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin for a relaxed evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays – Live Music and Specials\n\n\nDay\nEvery Tuesday on currently scheduled event dates\n\n\nPublished recurring time\n1:00 PM-4:00 PM\n\n\nPerformer\nBrad from SilverMoon\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent Tuesday special\n$20 pretzel + draft beer special\, as promoted on the dedicated event listing\n\n\nVenue type\nWine\, beer\, cider\, food\, retail\, and live-music venue\n\n\nAdmission\nNo separate live-music admission charge is currently published\n\n\nParking\nUse available parking in and around The Village and follow current posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear High Alti-Tuesdays\n\n\n\nWhat Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is Barrel 33’s recurring Tuesday afternoon live-music event in The Village at Big Bear Lake. \nThe concept is intentionally relaxed. Instead of a ticketed evening concert\, visitors can stop into Barrel 33 during the afternoon\, listen to live music\, order food or drinks\, and spend a few hours unwinding in the center of The Village. \nBrad from SilverMoon is the featured performer associated with the recurring Tuesday program. The event description characterizes the music as laid-back tunes and familiar\, good-time favorites\, fitting Barrel 33’s casual mountain atmosphere. \nThat makes High Alti-Tuesdays useful for visitors looking for something to do between daytime recreation and dinner. It can work as an après-ski stop in winter\, an afternoon break after hiking or shopping in warmer weather\, or simply the main activity on a slower midweek day. \nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place on Tuesdays\, with Barrel 33’s current website advertising the recurring live-music program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated event page currently lists the series across the 2026-27 season\, with upcoming dates including: \n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nOctober 6\, 2026\nOctober 13\, 2026\nOctober 20\, 2026\nOctober 27\, 2026\nNovember 3\, 2026\nNovember 10\, 2026\nNovember 17\, 2026\nNovember 24\, 2026\n\nThe recurring calendar continues beyond November\, so travelers visiting later in the winter should check the current event page rather than assuming the series has ended. \nThe structured export supplied for this event shifts the start date by a day\, but Tuesdays are the operative event days. For example\, September 15\, 2026 is a Tuesday. \nWhat Time Does the Live Music Start?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays information says 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Barrel 33’s own current homepage also promotes “High alti-Tuesday” live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music schedule lists Brad from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on September 15\, September 22\, and September 29\, as well as October 6. \nThat means travelers should distinguish between the broader High Alti-Tuesday event window and the performer time published on the date-specific music calendar. \nIf you are simply stopping in for food\, drinks\, and atmosphere\, arriving during the broader afternoon window is reasonable. If Brad’s live set is the primary reason for your visit\, call 909-878-0838 to confirm the performance time for your specific Tuesday. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe main draw is live music paired with Barrel 33’s regular food and beverage experience. \nVisitors can expect: \n\nLive Tuesday music featuring Brad from SilverMoon\nWine\, beer\, and cider options\nFood and shareable plates\nTuesday menu promotions\nThe currently promoted $20 pretzel and draft beer special\nA casual afternoon atmosphere in The Village\n\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, and eatery destination with rotating wine and draft selections\, food designed for sharing\, and recurring live music and community events. \nThe exact songs\, menu specials\, draft selection\, and food availability can change. Treat the event as a recurring experience rather than a fixed concert program with an identical set list and menu every week. \nWho Is Brad from SilverMoon?\nThe High Alti-Tuesdays listings identify the recurring performer as Brad from SilverMoon. \nCurrent event descriptions emphasize laid-back songs and crowd-friendly favorites rather than publishing a specific genre or set list. \nBrad also appears repeatedly on Barrel 33’s broader live-music calendar\, making him a regular part of the venue’s entertainment schedule. \nNo detailed official artist biography is currently published alongside the recurring event\, so visitors should avoid assuming a particular lineup\, genre mix\, or SilverMoon band configuration beyond the information Barrel 33 provides for the individual date. \nWhat Is the $20 Pretzel and Draft Beer Special?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays event listing promotes a $20 Pretzel + Draft Beer Special. \nIt is one of the food-and-beverage offers designed to accompany the Tuesday live-music program. \nBecause restaurant menus\, beer selections\, serving sizes\, and promotions can change\, confirm the current offer with Barrel 33 when you order. The published promotion should not be interpreted as guaranteeing every draft beer or every menu variation at that price. \nVisitors who do not drink alcohol can still attend the live-music event and order from the venue’s other available food and beverage choices. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate ticket price or live-music cover charge is currently published for the recurring High Alti-Tuesdays program. \nGuests should plan to pay for whatever food and beverages they order. \nThis is different from a ticketed concert where admission buys access to a dedicated performance space. High Alti-Tuesdays operates as live entertainment within Barrel 33’s normal restaurant and beverage-service environment. \nIf a particular Tuesday becomes a special event or carries different conditions\, follow the current Barrel 33 event information for that date. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nThe venue is located in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable commercial district with restaurants\, shops\, entertainment\, and visitor services. \nThat location makes the event easy to combine with an afternoon of browsing The Village rather than driving from attraction to attraction. \nBarrel 33’s current published hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 AM to 10:00 PM Friday and Saturday\, so Tuesday’s live-music period falls comfortably within normal operating hours. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe Village has public parking options\, and visitors should follow current signs\, posted time restrictions\, and any event-day directions. \nBecause Barrel 33 sits in a walkable commercial area\, you may not need to park immediately outside the venue. Parking once and exploring The Village on foot can be more convenient than moving your vehicle between nearby stops. \nAllow extra time during busy weekends\, holiday periods\, or winter recreation days when The Village may attract more visitors. \nNever use a private business lot unless signage indicates that parking is available for your visit. \nIs Barrel 33 Family-Friendly?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ says the Big Bear location is family-friendly\, particularly earlier in the day. \nThat is relevant to High Alti-Tuesdays because the live music occurs during the afternoon rather than late at night. \nBarrel 33’s focus includes wine and craft beverages\, but the venue describes itself as a relaxed community space where families are welcome. \nAlcoholic drinks\, of course\, are limited to guests who meet legal age requirements. Families should also consider whether an afternoon restaurant and live-music environment suits their individual children. \nIs Barrel 33 Pet-Friendly?\nVisit Big Bear currently identifies Barrel 33 as a pet-friendly business and lists patio/outdoor seating among its amenities. \nIf you plan to bring a dog\, contact Barrel 33 before your visit to confirm where pets may sit and whether weather conditions affect patio availability. \nKeep dogs leashed and under control\, and remember that live music\, crowds\, food service\, and other dogs can make a restaurant environment stimulating for some pets. \nIf your dog is uncomfortable around music or busy dining spaces\, relaxing at a pet-friendly cabin may be a better option. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a casual restaurant event\, so you do not need specialized gear. A few practical items can still help: \n\nA light layer or jacket for changing mountain temperatures\nValid identification if ordering alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nSunglasses or sun protection if sitting outside\nComfortable shoes if exploring The Village before or after\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog to an approved pet-friendly area\n\nIf you are coming directly from hiking\, skiing\, or another outdoor activity\, consider changing into clean\, dry clothing before heading to the restaurant. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of High Alti-Tuesdays\nMonday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor visitors with flexible schedules\, arriving Monday gives you a full Tuesday in the mountains without an early morning drive. \nCheck into your A Chalet cabin\, unpack\, have dinner\, and settle into the slower pace of a weekday stay. \nTuesday Morning: Explore Big Bear\nUse the morning for an activity appropriate to the season. \nIn warmer weather\, that might mean a walk\, a lake-oriented outing\, or time exploring local shops. In winter\, your morning may center on snow recreation or simply enjoying the mountain scenery. \nKeep the schedule flexible enough that you are not racing from a demanding activity to Barrel 33. \nTuesday Afternoon: High Alti-Tuesdays\nHead to The Village before the music window and find appropriate parking. \nSpend the afternoon at Barrel 33 enjoying Brad from SilverMoon\, food\, and whatever Tuesday specials are currently available. \nIf hearing Brad’s full set is important\, confirm the date-specific start time because September’s separate music calendar currently lists a shorter 1:30 PM-3:30 PM performance window within the broader 1:00 PM-4:00 PM High Alti-Tuesday period. \nTuesday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter the music\, take your time returning to your cabin rather than beginning a long drive down the mountain. \nA vacation rental gives you a comfortable place to make dinner\, play games\, watch a movie\, or simply unwind after an afternoon in The Village. \nIf anyone in your group consumes alcohol\, arrange safe transportation and never drive impaired. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Tuesday Big Bear getaway. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slow Morning\nAn extra night lets you enjoy breakfast at the cabin and another piece of Big Bear before checking out. \nThis can be particularly appealing for travelers who normally visit on crowded weekends. A midweek trip offers a different rhythm and makes High Alti-Tuesdays the centerpiece of a short mountain break. \nWhere to Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays 2026\nBecause Barrel 33 is in The Village in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most natural base for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is particularly useful for a midweek music getaway because there is no need to structure the entire trip around restaurants. Have breakfast at the rental\, enjoy Big Bear during the morning\, visit Barrel 33 in the afternoon\, and return to your own shared space for the evening. \nAlways check the live property listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nTips for Booking a High Alti-Tuesdays Cabin Getaway\nConsider Monday and Tuesday nights. That schedule gives you a full Tuesday without driving into or out of the mountains immediately around the event. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake cabin keeps your stay centered near the event. \nConfirm the music time. The recurring event window and date-specific September performance schedule currently differ slightly. \nCheck pet rules carefully. Barrel 33 is listed as pet-friendly\, and some A Chalet cabins accept pets\, but individual rental rules and fees vary. \nPlan transportation if drinking. A cabin stay does not eliminate the need for a safe ride between Barrel 33 and your rental. \nCheck current specials. The $20 pretzel and draft beer promotion is currently advertised\, but food-and-beverage offers can change. \nUse the weekday advantage. Rather than packing Tuesday with activities\, leave enough free time to enjoy the music and The Village at a relaxed pace. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a recurring Tuesday event at Barrel 33. The dedicated event information currently lists the program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM on scheduled Tuesdays. \nWhere Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe event takes place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWho Plays at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe recurring featured musician is Brad from SilverMoon\, with the event promoted around laid-back tunes and familiar favorites. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate admission or cover charge is currently published for the recurring live music. Guests pay for the food and beverages they order. \nWhat Is the Tuesday Special at Barrel 33?\nThe dedicated event listing currently advertises a $20 pretzel and draft beer special\, along with other menu and food-and-beverage deals. Confirm current availability when ordering. \nCan Families Attend High Alti-Tuesdays?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ describes its Big Bear location as family-friendly\, especially earlier in the day. Alcohol is restricted to guests of legal drinking age. \nWhere Should I Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an afternoon at Barrel 33. An overnight stay lets you enjoy the event without building a same-day mountain drive around the live-music schedule. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your High Alti-Tuesday trip. \nPlan Your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is an easygoing way to add live music to a weekday in Big Bear Lake. Head to Barrel 33 in The Village for an afternoon featuring Brad from SilverMoon\, food and drinks\, and the venue’s Tuesday promotions. \nThe recurring program is advertised from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM\, although some date-specific September listings currently show Brad performing from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Confirm the exact set time if the music is the main reason for your visit. \nPairing the event with an overnight cabin stay makes it easy to enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace. Arrive the day before\, explore Tuesday morning\, spend the afternoon at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin instead of immediately driving home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/high-alti-tuesdays-live-music-and-specials-6/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261027T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261027T190000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14245-1793120400-1793127600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 is a recurring food-and-music event at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe current event description separates the week into two experiences: Taco Tuesday runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM on Tuesdays\, while Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM on Sundays and features a live DJ. \nVisit Big Bear’s current calendar confirms the event at the Hilton property and shows recurring Tuesday listings extending through the 2026-27 season. However\, some of the tourism calendar’s recurrence metadata is inconsistent\, so visitors should use the event description for the Tuesday/Sunday format and verify their exact date before heading over. \nParking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. No admission charge\, cover fee\, taco pricing\, age restriction\, or reservation requirement is currently published in the event information\, so those details should be confirmed directly with the venue if they matter to your plans. \nFor travelers building an easy evening into a Big Bear getaway\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable home base before dinner and after the music\, especially if you want more space for a group or prefer preparing the rest of your meals at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear getaway. \nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\n\n\nTaco Tuesday\nTuesdays\, 5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nLatin Night\nSundays\, 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nTuesday experience\nTaco Tuesday evening\n\n\nSunday experience\nLatin Night with a live DJ\n\n\nAdmission\nNo cover charge or ticket requirement is currently published\n\n\nFood pricing\nNot currently published in the event listing\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\n\n\nAge policy\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published\n\n\nVenue phone\nHampton Inn: 909-866-0000; Home2 Suites: 909-866-0005\n\n\nCurrent visitor information\nVisit Big Bear – Hampton Inn Big Bear Lake\n\n\n\nWhat Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night is a recurring social event hosted at the shared Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites property on Big Bear Boulevard. \nRather than being one identical event repeated twice a week\, the listing describes two different experiences. \nTuesdays focus on Taco Tuesday\, giving locals and visitors an early-evening food option from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nSundays shift to Latin Night from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the event description specifically advertising a live DJ and a more music-focused atmosphere. \nThe format makes the event useful for travelers who want something casual to do in the evening without committing to a major festival\, concert\, or ticketed attraction. \nWhen Is Taco Tuesday in Big Bear Lake?\nThe event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current Hampton Inn directory confirms recurring Taco Tuesday & Latin Night calendar entries at the property\, including September 15\, September 22\, September 29\, and October 6\, 2026\, with additional Tuesday dates appearing beyond those. \nThe tourism calendar’s recurrence system occasionally displays unusual start and end ranges\, so visitors should not rely on one broad date span as proof that every Tuesday indefinitely is confirmed. \nIf you are planning around a specific Tuesday\, check the current Visit Big Bear calendar or call the Hilton property before going. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nThe supplied event description lists Latin Night every Sunday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nLatin Night is described as featuring a live DJ\, making it the more music-driven half of the recurring series. \nCurrent indexed Visit Big Bear results are clearer about the recurring Tuesday calendar entries than the individual Sunday listings\, so the Sunday schedule is best treated as the published event format while still being verified for a specific date. \nNo DJ name\, music lineup\, dance instruction\, or special performance schedule is currently published. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at the shared Hilton hotel property at: \nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear currently lists both hotels at this address. \nThe location sits along Big Bear Boulevard between the lake and the Snow Summit area\, making it convenient for travelers who are already spending the day elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Can You Expect on Taco Tuesday?\nThe current description keeps Taco Tuesday simple: come by for a Tuesday evening centered on tacos. \nNo current public listing confirms the taco menu\, price per taco\, drink specials\, service format\, vegetarian options\, or whether food is served from a dedicated restaurant\, bar\, or event station. \nBecause those details can change\, visitors who have dietary restrictions or are planning specifically around a dinner special should call the venue before arriving. \nThe 5:00 PM-7:00 PM window makes Taco Tuesday a useful early dinner stop before returning to a cabin\, visiting The Village\, or settling in for the evening. \nWhat Can You Expect on Latin Night?\nSunday’s Latin Night is advertised from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nThe description promotes a groovy\, social evening but does not currently publish a named DJ\, specific Latin music genres\, dance floor details\, lessons\, or a dress code. \nVisitors should therefore think of Latin Night as a casual DJ-centered hotel event rather than assume it is a formal salsa class\, nightclub event\, or ticketed dance production. \nIf dancing or a particular music style is important to you\, confirm that week’s programming directly with the venue. \nIs Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Free?\nNo ticket price or cover charge is currently listed in the public event information. \nThat does not mean all food and drinks are free. Taco Tuesday is a food event\, and normal charges for food and beverages should be expected unless the venue advertises a specific promotion. \nThe event listing also does not currently publish minimum purchase requirements or reservation requirements. \nFor the most accurate same-week information\, contact the hotel before attending. \nDo You Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is promoted on Visit Big Bear’s public events calendar rather than only as a private hotel amenity\, which indicates it is intended for visitors beyond overnight hotel guests. \nHowever\, the listing does not spell out a formal public-access policy. \nIf you are staying elsewhere in Big Bear and want to attend\, especially with a large group\, calling ahead is a practical way to confirm seating and access. \nIs Latin Night 21 and Over?\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published. \nBecause the gathering takes place at a hotel and may include alcohol service\, normal California alcohol laws will apply to drinks\, but that does not automatically make the entire event 21-and-over. \nFamilies or guests under 21 should check with the venue if age policy is important to their plans. \nParking at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nThe event listing states that parking is available at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton. \nUnlike events in The Village that may require public parking several blocks away\, this one is hosted directly at the hotel property. \nVisitors should follow onsite signs and avoid occupying spaces reserved for hotel guests\, accessible parking\, loading areas\, or other restricted uses. \nIf the event is particularly busy\, hotel staff can provide the best guidance on where non-guests should park. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThis is a casual food-and-entertainment event\, so very little special preparation is required. \n\nPhoto ID if you plan to purchase alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA light jacket or warmer layer for the walk to and from your vehicle\nYour hotel or cabin transportation plan\nAny dietary questions you want to confirm before ordering\n\nBig Bear evenings can cool down quickly even when the daytime weather is mild\, so keeping an extra layer in the car is useful. \nCan You Combine the Event With Other Big Bear Activities?\nYes. The relatively short evening windows make both versions of the event easy to build into a larger itinerary. \nOn Tuesday\, you can spend the day hiking\, sightseeing\, shopping\, or enjoying the lake\, then stop for Taco Tuesday between 5:00 PM and 7:00 PM. \nOn Sunday\, Latin Night provides an evening option after a full day outdoors. \nThe Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites are also located less than two miles from The Village according to Visit Big Bear’s current hotel information\, so visitors can combine the event with shopping\, dining\, or a Village stroll. \nHow to Make a Big Bear Weekend of Latin Night\nFriday: Check Into Your Cabin\nArrive in Big Bear Lake and settle into an A Chalet cabin for the weekend. \nHaving your own kitchen and living space can make the trip feel less structured than staying around a fixed hotel itinerary\, especially for groups or families. \nSaturday: Spend the Day Exploring Big Bear\nUse Saturday for outdoor recreation\, The Village\, Big Bear Lake\, or another seasonal event. \nReturn to your cabin in the evening and enjoy a relaxed night before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Day\nPlan a late breakfast\, afternoon sightseeing\, or a walk before getting ready for Latin Night. \nBecause the event begins at 6:00 PM\, there is plenty of time to enjoy the day first. \nSunday Evening: Head to Latin Night\nArrive at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites for the 6:00 PM-9:00 PM event and enjoy the live DJ atmosphere. \nIf you’re attending specifically for dancing\, confirm the current week’s programming before leaving your cabin. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear weekend. \nHow to Build Taco Tuesday Into a Midweek Getaway\nTaco Tuesday also works well as part of a quieter midweek Big Bear trip. \nArrive Monday or Tuesday\, spend the afternoon exploring\, and head to the Hilton property for the 5:00 PM-7:00 PM Taco Tuesday window. \nAfter dinner\, return to the cabin or continue your evening elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nMidweek travel can also make it easier to build a flexible itinerary without centering the entire trip around one event. \nWhere to Stay for Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for this recurring event because the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites venue is located directly in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor larger groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nStaying in a cabin can be particularly useful for a casual recurring event like this because you can make the evening only one part of your trip. Cook breakfast at the cabin\, spend the day exploring\, head out for tacos or the DJ\, then return to your own mountain home base afterward. \nAlways review the current property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins in Big Bear Lake. \nTips for Booking a Taco Tuesday or Latin Night Getaway\nVerify your specific date. The event is recurring\, but tourism-calendar recurrence fields can contain inconsistencies. \nRemember that Tuesday and Sunday are different experiences. Taco Tuesday is listed from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, while Sunday Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nCall ahead for menu details. Current taco prices and food selections are not publicly listed. \nConfirm age policy if needed. No event-specific age restriction is currently posted. \nStay in Big Bear Lake for convenience. That keeps you close to the event as well as many other popular visitor areas. \nPlan a designated driver if drinking. Do not rely on deciding transportation after the event. \nMake the event part of the trip\, not the entire trip. Its short evening format pairs easily with outdoor recreation\, shopping\, sightseeing\, and relaxing at your cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Taco Tuesday at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nThe current event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Check the current calendar or call the venue to confirm your specific date. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nLatin Night is listed for Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM and features a live DJ. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs There a Cover Charge?\nNo admission or cover charge is currently published. Food and beverages should be expected to cost extra unless a specific promotion says otherwise. \nDo I Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is publicly promoted through Visit Big Bear\, but the listing does not spell out a formal non-guest access policy. Calling ahead is recommended for larger groups or if seating is important. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. \nWhere Should I Stay for Taco Tuesday or Latin Night?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives visitors a convenient base for the event while providing more room to relax\, prepare meals\, and enjoy the rest of a mountain getaway. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your travel dates. \nPlan Your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 offers two easy ways to add a casual evening activity to a Big Bear Lake trip: tacos on Tuesdays from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and a live-DJ Latin Night on Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton at 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, with parking available onsite. Because menu pricing\, cover charges\, age policies\, and individual DJ details are not currently published\, verify those details directly with the venue when they matter to your plans. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace: spend the day outdoors\, stop for tacos or Sunday music\, and return to a comfortable cabin instead of treating the event as a quick turnaround trip. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/taco-tuesday-latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-27/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261028T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261028T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14246-1793145600-1793145600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-44/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261028T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261028T193000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14247-1793210400-1793215800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina
DESCRIPTION:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is a recurring Wednesday evening yoga class in Big Bear City designed to help participants connect body and mind through meditative breathing and yoga. Classes run from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314. The class welcomes all experience levels and participants ages 16 and older\, and supplies are listed as available. The current Visit Big Bear listing confirms the Wednesday schedule\, location\, age requirement\, and parking information.  \nThis is a convenient wellness activity for Big Bear residents as well as visitors looking for a slower-paced addition to a mountain trip. Since the class finishes at 7:30 PM\, travelers coming from outside the mountains may find an overnight stay more comfortable than immediately beginning the drive home. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear City\, Big Bear Lake\, and other mountain communities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear yoga getaway. \nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\n\n\nSchedule\nWednesdays\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-7:30 PM\n\n\nLocation\nRanch Clubhouse\n\n\nAddress\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314\n\n\nExperience level\nAll levels welcome\n\n\nAge requirement\nAges 16+\n\n\nSupplies\nSupplies are listed as available\n\n\nAdmission\nNo current price is stated in the published event information\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Ranch Clubhouse\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arrive with enough time to park and prepare before the 6:00 PM start\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear event calendar\n\n\n\nThe current event listing identifies this as a recurring Wednesday class and lists the session from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. It does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming the class is free or that walk-ins are guaranteed.  \nWhat Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina is an evening wellness class centered on yoga and meditative breathing. The event description invites participants to explore the connection between body and mind\, making it a natural fit for visitors who want to balance Big Bear’s more active outdoor experiences with a quieter wellness activity. \nOne of the most useful details for newcomers is that all levels are welcome. You do not need to be an advanced yoga practitioner to consider attending. The published information also sets the minimum age at 16 and states that supplies are available.  \nHatha yoga is generally associated with physical postures and controlled breathing practiced at a deliberate pace. For this particular event\, however\, visitors should rely on Instructor Paulina’s class guidance rather than assuming a specific sequence\, difficulty level\, or teaching format that has not been published. \nThe 90-minute evening schedule can work especially well for couples\, solo travelers\, wellness-focused visitors\, and older teens traveling with family. It can also provide a calmer activity after hiking\, sightseeing\, skiing\, mountain biking\, or spending the day exploring Big Bear. \nWhen and Where Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is scheduled on Wednesdays from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar shows the recurring event continuing across multiple Wednesday dates.  \nThe class takes place at: \nRanch Clubhouse\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\nBig Bear City\, CA 92314 \nIndependent venue information also identifies 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd. as the Big Bear Sports Ranch Clubhouse location\, supporting the published event address.  \nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse. There is no published requirement to arrive a specific number of minutes early\, so visitors should simply allow enough time to park\, enter the venue\, and get situated before the 6:00 PM start.  \nBecause this is a recurring event\, verify that your intended Wednesday session is still scheduled before making a special trip. Event calendars can change\, particularly over a long recurring season. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe published description focuses on two complementary elements: meditative breathing and yoga. The goal is to explore the connection between body and mind rather than presenting the class as a competitive fitness event. \nThe most important confirmed details for first-time participants are: \n\nAll experience levels are welcome.\nParticipants must be age 16 or older.\nSupplies are listed as available.\nThe session lasts 90 minutes.\nThe class takes place indoors at the Ranch Clubhouse.\n\nThe event information does not publish a detailed pose sequence\, class intensity\, instructor biography\, maximum attendance\, or specific list of provided equipment. Those details should not be assumed. \nIf you have an injury\, mobility concern\, or question about whether the session is appropriate for you\, contact the event organizer or venue before participating and follow your own healthcare professional’s guidance where applicable. \nAdmission\, Parking\, and Transportation\nHow Much Does Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina Cost?\nThe current event information does not publish an admission price. It also does not specify a ticketing or reservation requirement. Because those details are not confirmed\, visitors should not assume the class is free. \nCheck the current Visit Big Bear event information before your chosen Wednesday and follow any updated registration instructions that may be added. \nWhere Do You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse.  \nThe venue is in Big Bear City rather than central Big Bear Lake. If you are staying elsewhere in the valley\, check your route before leaving so you arrive before the 6:00 PM class. \nWhat Should Visitors Know About Mountain Driving?\nSince the class is held in the evening\, participants traveling from outside Big Bear should account for mountain road and weather conditions. Conditions can vary considerably across a recurring calendar that spans different seasons. \nCheck the forecast and current road conditions before traveling. In colder months\, allow additional time and make sure you understand any applicable mountain driving or chain requirements before starting your trip. \nWhat Should You Bring to Hatha Yoga?\nThe event listing states that supplies are available\, which is helpful for visitors who do not want to pack yoga equipment for a mountain trip. However\, it does not specify exactly which supplies are provided.  \nA practical personal packing list includes: \n\nComfortable clothing that allows easy movement\nA reusable water bottle\nA light layer for before and after class\nYour own yoga mat if you prefer using familiar equipment\nA small towel if useful for your practice\nAny personal items you normally use for yoga\n\nSince the class begins at 6:00 PM and ends at 7:30 PM\, temperatures may be noticeably cooler when you leave the venue\, particularly later in the year. Keeping an extra layer in your vehicle can make the transition from the warm indoor class to mountain evening conditions more comfortable. \nWho Is This Big Bear Yoga Class Best For?\nThe event is explicitly open to all skill levels\, so it can suit both experienced practitioners and people who are relatively new to yoga.  \nFor couples\, the class can provide a low-key evening activity before returning to a cabin for dinner or relaxation. Solo travelers may appreciate having a structured wellness activity during their visit\, while families traveling with teenagers can consider the class for family members age 16 and older. \nThe class can also fit naturally into an active Big Bear itinerary. A visitor might hike or explore the lake earlier in the day\, return to the cabin to change\, and then attend the evening session rather than scheduling another strenuous outdoor activity. \nBecause no universal accessibility details are currently published for the yoga class itself\, anyone needing specific accommodations should confirm them before attending. \nHow to Make a Wellness Getaway of Your Big Bear Yoga Class\nArrival Day: Settle Into the Mountains\nIf you’re coming from outside Big Bear\, consider arriving earlier on Wednesday or the previous evening. Check into your cabin\, unpack\, and leave enough unscheduled time that you do not have to rush directly from mountain traffic into a yoga session. \nKeep the afternoon simple. A relaxed walk\, a quiet meal\, or time at the cabin can complement the wellness focus of the evening. \nWednesday Evening: Attend Hatha Yoga\nHave an early meal or light snack based on your usual pre-yoga routine\, change into comfortable clothing\, and head to the Ranch Clubhouse with enough time to park and settle in before 6:00 PM. \nThe class finishes at 7:30 PM. Instead of immediately beginning a long drive after an evening session\, an overnight cabin lets you return to your accommodations\, have dinner\, and continue the slower pace of the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Wednesday Big Bear wellness stay. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nA Thursday morning leaves room for another low-key mountain experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, consider a walk\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or a leisurely breakfast before checking out. \nIf you prefer a more active trip\, you can use the morning for an appropriate trail or another seasonal Big Bear activity. Always check current operating conditions and trail information before heading out. \nWhere to Stay for Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\nBecause the class takes place in Big Bear City\, visitors should prioritize accommodations in Big Bear City or another nearby Big Bear community rather than Lake Arrowhead. A Chalet currently lists Big Bear City and Big Bear Lake among its primary destinations.  \nA Chalet’s current cabin collection includes smaller properties as well as multi-bedroom cabins for families and groups. The live collection currently includes one-bedroom\, two- to three-bedroom\, and larger cabin categories.  \nFor a solo wellness traveler or couple\, a smaller cabin can keep the stay simple and comfortable. Families or friends attending together may prefer a property with multiple sleeping areas and more shared space. \nFor example\, Stargazer is currently included in A Chalet’s two- to three-bedroom collection and is listed with six beds and two bathrooms. Pendleton Pines is currently listed with eight beds and two bathrooms\, providing another option for a larger traveling party.  \nVisitors wanting a larger group property can also compare A Chalet’s four- to six-bedroom category. Since inventory and listing details change\, review the current property page for guest capacity\, amenities\, location\, parking\, and house rules before booking.  \nFor a yoga-centered stay\, features such as a kitchen can be particularly useful if you want to prepare a light meal before class or breakfast the following morning. Only rely on an amenity after confirming that it appears on the current listing for your selected property. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Big Bear yoga dates. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Wednesday Yoga Class\nConfirm the class date first. This is a recurring event\, so verify that the Wednesday you plan to attend remains on the current schedule. \nChoose lodging in the Big Bear area. The class is in Big Bear City. Staying in Big Bear City or nearby Big Bear communities is more practical than adding a trip to or from Lake Arrowhead. \nThink about the 7:30 PM finish. If you are traveling a significant distance\, staying Wednesday night can make the evening more relaxed. \nMatch the cabin to your party. A couple may prefer a smaller property\, while friends or family traveling together can compare A Chalet’s multi-bedroom cabins. \nReview the live listing. Property amenities\, occupancy limits\, parking\, pet policies\, and house rules vary and can change. \nConsider arriving early enough to enjoy the destination. Rather than treating yoga as a quick evening stop\, arriving earlier can give you time to settle into the mountain environment before class. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nThe class is listed for Wednesdays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. Because it is recurring\, check the current event calendar before traveling to confirm your chosen date.  \nWhere is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina held?\nThe class takes place at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314.  \nDo I need a ticket or reservation?\nThe currently published event information does not state a ticket price or clearly specify an advance reservation requirement. Check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming walk-in participation. \nIs the class suitable for beginners?\nYes. The event listing specifically states that all levels are welcome.  \nCan children attend the yoga class?\nThe published minimum age is 16+. Travelers with younger children should plan another activity for them rather than assuming they can participate.  \nDo I need to bring a yoga mat?\nThe event information says that supplies are available but does not specify exactly what equipment is supplied. You may want to bring your own mat if you prefer familiar equipment\, or verify what is provided before attending.  \nWhere should I stay for Hatha Yoga in Big Bear City?\nBig Bear City and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical areas for this class. A Chalet offers cabin options ranging from smaller stays to larger multi-bedroom properties. Browse current A Chalet cabin availability for your yoga getaway. \nPlan Your Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 gives Big Bear visitors a chance to add a slower\, wellness-focused experience to a mountain trip. The Wednesday class runs from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse in Big Bear City\, welcomes all levels\, is open to ages 16 and older\, and lists supplies as available.  \nBefore attending\, confirm that your chosen Wednesday remains on the current schedule and check for any updated admission or registration information. Then plan enough time to reach the Ranch Clubhouse without rushing. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, staying overnight can make an evening class easier to enjoy. Arrive earlier in the day\, settle into your cabin\, attend yoga\, return for a quiet evening\, and enjoy another morning in Big Bear before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and find a Big Bear stay for your 2026 Hatha Yoga trip.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/hatha-yoga-with-instructor-paulina-27/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261029T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261029T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14248-1793232000-1793232000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-43/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14249-1793318400-1793318400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-42/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T130000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215623Z
CREATED:20261016T215623Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215623Z
UID:14110-1793361600-1793365200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-11/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261030T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14250-1793383200-1793394000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-53/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261031T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261031T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003006Z
CREATED:20261017T003006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003006Z
UID:14251-1793404800-1793404800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-41/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261031T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261031T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003005Z
CREATED:20261017T003005Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003005Z
UID:14252-1793469600-1793480400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-52/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T000000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003005Z
CREATED:20261017T003005Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003005Z
UID:14253-1793491200-1793491200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-40/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T140000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215623Z
CREATED:20261016T215623Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215623Z
UID:14111-1793541600-1793545200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-10/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261101T210000
DTSTAMP:20261017T003005Z
CREATED:20261017T003005Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261017T003005Z
UID:14254-1793556000-1793566800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Sunday Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nLatin Night takes place on Sundays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, featuring a live DJ at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake. Parking is available at the property. \nThis listing is for the Sunday date shown above. Taco Tuesday is a separate Tuesday event from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nView the published event schedule.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-9/
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR